81_FR_17700 81 FR 17639 - Medication Assisted Treatment for Opioid Use Disorders

81 FR 17639 - Medication Assisted Treatment for Opioid Use Disorders

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

Federal Register Volume 81, Issue 61 (March 30, 2016)

Page Range17639-17662
FR Document2016-07128

The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services (the Secretary) (HHS) proposes a rule to increase the highest patient limit for qualified physicians to treat opioid use disorder under section 303(g)(2) of the Controlled Substances Act (CSA) from 100 to 200. The purpose of the proposed rule is to increase access to treatment for opioid use disorder while reducing the opportunity for diversion of the medication to unlawful use.

Federal Register, Volume 81 Issue 61 (Wednesday, March 30, 2016)
[Federal Register Volume 81, Number 61 (Wednesday, March 30, 2016)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 17639-17662]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2016-07128]


=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

42 CFR Part 8

RIN 0930-AA22


Medication Assisted Treatment for Opioid Use Disorders

AGENCY: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration 
(SAMHSA), HHS.

ACTION: Proposed rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services 
(the Secretary) (HHS) proposes a rule to increase the highest patient 
limit for qualified physicians to treat opioid use disorder under 
section 303(g)(2) of the Controlled Substances Act (CSA) from 100 to 
200. The purpose of the proposed rule is to increase access to 
treatment for opioid use disorder while reducing the opportunity for 
diversion of the medication to unlawful use.

DATES: To be assured consideration, comments must be received at one of 
the addresses provided below, no later than 5 p.m. on May 31, 2016.

ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by Regulatory 
Information Number (RIN) 0930-AA22, by any of the following methods:
     Electronically: Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to http://www.regulations.gov and follow the instructions for submitting 
comments.
     Regular Mail or Hand Delivery or Courier: Written comments 
mailed by regular mail must be sent to the following address only: The 
Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, Department 
of Health and Human Services, Attn: Jinhee Lee, SAMHSA, 5600 Fishers 
Lane, Room 13E21C, Rockville, Maryland 20857. Please allow sufficient 
time for mailed comments to be received before the close of the comment 
period.
     Express or Overnight Mail: Written comments sent by hand 
delivery, or regular, express or overnight mail must be sent to the 
following address only: The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services 
Administration, Department of Health and Human Services, Attn: Jinhee 
Lee, SAMHSA, 5600 Fishers Lane, Room 13E21C, Rockville, Maryland 20857.
    Instructions: To avoid duplication, please submit only one copy of 
your comments by only one method. All submissions received must include 
the agency name and docket number or RIN for this rulemaking. All 
comments received will become a matter of public record and will be 
posted without change to http://www.regulations.gov, including any 
personal information provided. For detailed instructions on submitting 
comments and additional information on the rulemaking process and 
viewing public comments, see the ``Public Participation'' heading of 
the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of this document.
    Docket: For access to the docket to read background documents or 
comments received, go to http://www.regulations.gov.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jinhee Lee, Pharm.D., Public Health 
Advisor, Center for Substance Abuse Treatment, 240-276-0545, Email 
address: [email protected].

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Table of Contents

I. Executive Summary
    A. Purpose
    B. Summary of Major Provisions
    C. Summary of Impacts
II. Public Participation
III. Background
    A. Opioid Use Disorder
    B. Medication-Assisted Treatment
    C. Statutory and Rulemaking History
    D. Current Process for Obtaining a Practitioner Waiver Under 21 
U.S.C. 823(g)(2)
    E. Evaluations of the Current System
    F. Need for Rulemaking
IV. Summary of Proposed Rule
    A. General
    B. Scope (Sec.  8.1)
    C. Definitions (Sec.  8.2)
    D. Opioid Treatment Programs (Sec. Sec.  8.3-8.4)
    E. Which practitioners are eligible for a patient limit of 200? 
(Sec.  8.610)
    F. What constitutes a qualified practice setting? (Sec.  8.615)
    G. What is the process to request a patient limit of 200? (Sec.  
8.620)
    H. How will a request for patient limit increase be processed? 
(Sec.  8.625)
    I. What must practitioners do in order to maintain their 
approval to treat up to 200 patients under Sec.  8.625? (Sec.  
8.630)
    J. What are the reporting requirements for practitioners whose 
request for patient limit increase is approved under Sec.  8.625? 
(Sec.  8.635)
    K. What is the process for renewing a practitioner's request for 
patient limit increase approval? (Sec.  8.640)
    L. What are the responsibilities of practitioners who do not 
submit a renewal request for patient limit increase or whose request 
is denied? (Sec.  8.645)
    M. Can SAMHSA suspend or revoke a practitioner's patient limit 
increase approval? (Sec.  8.650)
    N. Can a practitioner request to temporarily treat up to 200 
patients in emergency situations? (Sec.  8.655)
V. Collection of information requirements
VI. Regulatory Impact Analysis
    A. Introduction
    B. Summary of the Proposed Rule
    C. Need for the Proposed Rule
    D. Analysis of Benefits and Costs
    E. Sensitivity Analysis
    F. Analysis of Regulatory Alternatives
    G. Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
VII. Agency Questions for Comment

Acronyms

ASAM American Society of Addiction Medicine
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CSA Controlled Substances Act
DEA Drug Enforcement Administration
FDA Food and Drug Administration
FR Federal Register
HHS Department of Health and Human Services
HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus
MAT Medication-Assisted Treatment
NOI Notification of Intent
NPRM Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
OTP Opioid Treatment Program

[[Page 17640]]

QA Quality Assurance
QI Quality Improvement
RFA Regulatory Flexibility Act
SAMHSA Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration
U.S.C. United States Code

I. Executive Summary

A. Purpose

    The purpose of this proposed rule is to expand access to 
medication-assisted treatment (MAT) by allowing eligible practitioners 
to request approval to treat up to 200 patients under section 303(g)(2) 
of the Controlled Substances Act (CSA). The rulemaking also includes 
requirements to ensure that patients receive the full array of services 
that comprise evidence-based MAT and minimize the risk that the 
medications provided for treatment are misused or diverted. We hope 
that this proposed rule will stimulate broader availability of high-
quality MAT both in specialized addiction treatment settings and 
throughout more mainstream health care delivery systems.
    Section 303(g)(2) of the CSA (21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)) allows 
individual practitioners to dispense or prescribe Schedule III, IV, or 
V controlled substances that have been approved by the Food and Drug 
Administration (FDA) for use in maintenance and detoxification 
treatment without registering as an opioid treatment program (OTP). 
Currently, the only FDA-approved medications that meet this standard 
are buprenorphine and the combination buprenorphine/naloxone 
(hereinafter referred to as buprenorphine). Buprenorphine is a schedule 
III controlled substance under the CSA. The CSA also imposes a limit on 
the number of patients a practitioner may treat with certain types of 
FDA-approved narcotic drugs, such as buprenorphine, at any one time. 
Pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(B)(iii), the Secretary is authorized to 
change this patient limit by regulation at any one time.
    Section 303(g)(2)(B)(iii) of the CSA allows qualified practitioners 
who file an initial notification of intent (NOI) to treat a maximum of 
30 patients at a time. After 1 year, the practitioner may file a second 
NOI indicating his/her intent to treat up to 100 patients at a time. To 
qualify to treat any patients with buprenorphine, the practitioner must 
be a physician, possess a valid license to practice medicine, be a 
registrant of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), have the 
capacity to refer patients for appropriate counseling and other 
necessary ancillary services, and have completed required training. As 
specified in the statute, the training requirement may be satisfied in 
several ways: One may hold subspecialty board certification in 
addiction psychiatry from the American Board of Medical Specialties or 
addiction medicine from the American Osteopathic Association; hold an 
addiction certification from the American Society of Addiction Medicine 
(ASAM); complete an 8-hour training provided by an approved 
organization; have participated as an investigator in one or more 
clinical trials leading to the approval of a medication that qualifies 
to be prescribed under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2); or complete other training 
or have such other experience as the State medical licensing board or 
the Secretary considers to demonstrate the ability of the physician to 
treat and manage persons with opioid use disorder.
    Access to MAT has been subject to patient limits via the provisions 
contained in the CSA and enforced by DEA. Since 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2) was 
originally modified by legislation in 2000 to allow the provision of 
MAT without registering as an OTP, additional modifications have been 
made to address the application of the patient limit in group medical 
practices and to create a higher patient limit for practitioners with 1 
year of experience. These changes, while important, have not proven 
sufficient to support the development of adequate treatment capacity to 
keep pace with the growth of the national crisis of opioid misuse and 
overdose. To the extent that the current patient limit contributes to 
this access challenge, this proposed rule seeks to make a useful change 
in an effort to improve access.

B. Summary of Major Provisions

    The proposed rule would revise the highest patient limit from 100 
patients per practitioner with an existing waiver (waivered 
practitioner) to 200 patients for practitioners who meet certain 
criteria. Practitioners who have a waiver to treat 100 patients for at 
least 1 year would be eligible to apply for a waiver to treat up to 200 
patients if they possess a subspecialty board certification in 
addiction medicine or addiction psychiatry or practice in a qualified 
practice setting as defined in this proposed rule. In either case, 
practitioners with the higher limit of 200 would also be required to 
accept greater responsibility for ensuring behavioral health services 
and care coordination are received and for ensuring quality assurance 
and improvement practices, diversion control, and continuity of care in 
emergencies. The higher limit would also carry with it the duty to 
regularly reaffirm the practitioner's ongoing eligibility and to 
participate in data reporting and monitoring as required by SAMHSA. In 
addition, practitioners in good standing with a current waiver to 
prescribe to up to 100 patients (i.e., the practitioner has filed an 
NOI and satisfied all required criteria) could request the higher limit 
in emergency situations for a limited time period. SAMHSA would review 
all emergency situation requests in consultation, to the extent 
practicable, with appropriate governmental authorities before such 
requests would be granted.

C. Summary of Impacts

    The proposed rule is intended to increase access to MAT for some 
patients with an opioid use disorder, providing them with a path to 
recovery; reduce costs across different sectors (e.g. health care, 
criminal justice, and social service); and, ultimately, reduce the 
number of opioid-related overdose deaths. From 2016-2020, present value 
benefits of $11,019 million and annualized benefits of $2,336 million 
are estimated using a 3 percent discount rate; present value benefits 
of $10,148 million and annualized benefits of $2,313 million are 
estimated using a 7 percent discount rate. Present value costs of $955 
million and annualized costs of $202 million are estimated using a 3 
percent discount rate; present value costs of $880 million and 
annualized costs of $201 million are estimated using a 7 percent 
discount rate.

II. Public Participation

Comments Invited

    HHS invites interested parties to submit comments on all aspects of 
the proposed rule. When submitting comments, please reference a 
specific portion of the proposed rule, provide an explanation for any 
recommended change, and include supporting data. Specific agency 
questions for comment are listed in section VII. Comments responding to 
these questions should reference them by number.
    All comments received before the close of the comment period are 
available for viewing by the public, including any personally 
identifiable and/or confidential information that is included in a 
comment. We post all comments received as soon as possible after they 
have been received on the following Web site: http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the search instructions on that Web site to 
view public comments.

[[Page 17641]]

    Comments received before the close of the comment period will also 
be available for public inspection, generally beginning approximately 3 
weeks after publication of the proposed rule, at the headquarters of 
the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, 5600 
Fishers Lane, Rockville, Maryland 20857, Monday through Friday of each 
week from 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. To schedule an appointment to view 
public comments, call 240-276-1660.
    We will consider all comments we receive by the date and time 
specified in the DATES section of this preamble, and will respond to 
the comments in the preamble of the final rule. Please allow sufficient 
time for mailed comments to be received before the close of the comment 
period.

III. Background

A. Opioid Use Disorder

    Substance use disorder is a treatable chronic disease caused by 
changes to the structure and function of the brain due to exposure to 
intoxicating substances.\1\ Most of these substances alter the brain by 
increasing the release of the neurotransmitter dopamine, which plays an 
important role in the brain's reward system.\2\ Chronic exposure to 
drugs disrupts the way the brain controls both life-sustaining 
behaviors and those related to drug use.\3\ Opioid use disorder is a 
type of substance use disorder that has the added complexity of 
disrupting the naturally occurring function of endorphins throughout 
the body.\4\ This is what underlies the rapid formation of dependence 
and tolerance, and the withdrawal syndrome typically observed when 
opioid use is discontinued.\5\ The cycle of tolerance and withdrawal 
leads persons dependent on opioids to take larger doses, seek more 
potent opioids, or adopt methods of administration, such as injection, 
to intensify the opioid's effects.6 7 The possibility of 
experiencing euphoria, while an element of drug initiation, becomes 
more and more remote as the euphoric feelings experienced become less 
pleasurable and use of the drug becomes necessary for the user to feel 
``normal''.\8\ As a result, most opioid dependent persons must continue 
to use opioids in order to maintain function and to forestall the 
painful symptoms of withdrawal.\9\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ The Science of Drug Abuse and Addiction: The Basics. (2014, 
September 1). Retrieved from: http://www.drugabuse.gov/publications/media-guide/science-drug-abuse-addiction-basics.
    \2\ National Institute on Drug Abuse (2014). Drugs, brains, and 
behavior: The science of addiction. (NIH Pub No. 14-5605). Retrieved 
from: https://d14rmgtrwzf5a.cloudfront.net/sites/default/files/soa_2014.pdf.
    \3\ Id.
    \4\ National Institute on Drug Abuse. Impacts of Drugs on 
Neurotransmission. Retrieved from: http://www.drugabuse.gov/news-events/nida-notes/2007/10/impacts-drugs-neurotransmission.
    \5\ Id.
    \6\ Kosten, T.R., & George, T.P. (2002). The Neurobiology of 
Opioid Dependence: Implications for Treatment. Science & Practice 
Perspectives, 1(1), 13-20.
    \7\ Peavy, K.M., Banta-Green, C.J., Kingston, S., Hanrahan, M., 
Merrill, J.O., & Coffin, P.O. (2012). ``Hooked on'' prescription-
type opiates prior to using heroin: Results from a survey of syringe 
exchange clients. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 44(3), 259-265.
    \8\ National Institute on Drug Abuse, supra note 2.
    \9\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Opioid use disorder is essentially the same phenomenon. The 
potential for addiction and the symptoms of tolerance and withdrawal 
are very similar, whether the opioid is heroin or a prescription pain 
reliever, such as oxycodone or hydrocodone, because the brain responds 
to all opioids similarly. Untreated opioid dependence is associated 
with adoption of high-risk opioid use behaviors.10 11 12 A 
person who is no longer able to avoid withdrawal with the amount of 
opioid he or she is accustomed to or can afford to buy may transition 
to using opioids by injection, for example, because this route of 
administration can more quickly and efficiently deliver the drug to the 
brain via injection into the bloodstream rather than through the 
digestive tract.13 14 However, use of opioids by injection 
carries additional risks of infection with hepatitis C virus and human 
immunodeficiency virus (HIV), local and systemic infections, 
cardiovascular and respiratory problems, and higher overdose 
risk.15 16 17
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \10\ Peavy, supra note 7.
    \11\ Jones, C.M. (2013). Heroin use and heroin use risk 
behaviors among nonmedical users of prescription opioid pain 
relievers, United States, 2002-2004 and 2008-2010. Drug and Alcohol 
Dependence, 132(1-2):95-100.
    \12\ Lankenau, S.E., Teti, M., Silva, K., Bloom, J.J., 
Harocopos, A., & Treese, M. (2012). Initiation into prescription 
opioid misuse amongst young injection drug users. International 
Journal of Drug Policy, 23(1), 37-44.
    \13\ Peavy, supra note 7.
    \14\ Drug Delivery Methods (2015). Retrieved from http://learn.genetics.utah.edu/content/addiction/delivery/.
    \15\ National Institute on Drug Abuse (2014). Heroin (Number 15-
0165). Retrieved from: https://d14rmgtrwzf5a.cloudfront.net/sites/default/files/heroinrrs_11_14.pdf.
    \16\ Bruneau, J., Roy, E., Arrunda, N., Zang, G., & Jutras-
Aswad, D. (2012). The rising prevalence of prescription opioid 
injection and its association with hepatitis C incidence among 
street-drug users. Addiction, 107(7):1318-27.
    \17\ Conrad, C., Bradley, H.M., Broz, D., Buddha, S., Chapman, 
E.L., Galang, R.R., Duwve, J.M. (2015). Community outbreak of HIV 
infection linked to injection drug use of oxymorphone--Indiana, 
2015. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 64(16): 443-44.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The majority of these individuals do not recognize that repeated 
use of opioids, albeit legitimate, may increase the risk of developing 
an opioid use disorder, which may lead some individuals to switch from 
prescription drugs to cheaper and more risky substitutes like heroin. 
Based on combined 2014 National Survey on Drug Use and Health data, 
there are 1.9 million people aged 12 or older with a past-year pain 
reliever use disorder and 539,000 people with a past-year heroin use 
disorder.
    As many as 86 percent of persons who met diagnostic criteria for 
opioid use disorder in 2014 could be classified as dependent on 
opioids.\18\ In addition to changing the structure and function of the 
brain, when a person has dependence, the whole body has adapted to the 
presence of the opioid and does not function properly when the 
substance is absent, thus making it extremely difficult to discontinue 
use without formal treatment.\19\ Many people with opioid dependence 
who undergo detoxification in order to stop using opioids subsequently 
relapse to opioid use.\20\ As many as 95 percent of patients who 
undergo detoxification only, relapse to opioid use within 
weeks.21 22
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \18\ Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration 
(2015). Prescription drug misuse and abuse. Retrieved from: http://www.samhsa.gov/prescription-drug-misuse-abuse.
    \19\ Definition of dependence. (2007). Retrieved from: http://www.drugabuse.gov/publications/teaching-packets/neurobiology-drug-addiction/section-iii-action-heroin-morphine/8-definition-dependence.
    \20\ Kleber, H. D. (2007). Pharmacologic treatments for opioid 
dependence: detoxification and maintenance options. Dialogues in 
Clinical Neuroscience, 9(4), 455-470. National Institute on Drug 
Abuse. Patients Addicted to Opioid Painkillers Achieve Good Results 
With Outpatient Detoxification. Retrieved from: http://www.drugabuse.gov/news-events/nida-notes/2015/02/patients-addicted-to-opioid-painkillers-achieve-good-results-outpatient-detoxification 
on December 12, 2015.
    \21\ Ling, W., Amass, L., Shoptaw, S., Annon, J.J., Hillhouse, 
M., Babcock, D., Brigham, G., Harrer, J., Reid, M., Muir, J., 
Buchan, B., Orr, D., Woody, G., Krejci, J., Ziedonis, D., Group, the 
B.S.P. (2005). A multi-center randomized trial of buprenorphine-
naloxone versus clonidine for opioid detoxification: findings from 
the National Institute on Drug Abuse Clinical Trials Network. 
Addiction (Abingdon, England), 100(8), 1090-1100.
    \22\ Weiss, R.D., Potter, J.S., Fiellin, D.A., Byrne, M., 
Connery, H.S., Dickinson, W., Gardin, J., Griffin, L.M., Gourevitch, 
N.M., Haller, D., Hasson, A., Huang, Z., Jacobs, P., Kosinski, S.A., 
Lindblad, R., McCance-Katz, F.E., Provost, E.S., Selzer, J., Somoza, 
C.E., Sonne, C.S., Ling, W. (2011). Adjunctive Counseling During 
Brief and Extended Buprenorphine-Naloxone Treatment for Prescription 
Opioid Dependence: A 2-Phase Randomized Controlled Trial. Archives 
of General Psychiatry, 68(12), 1238-1246.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 17642]]

    Adverse consequences associated with prescription drug misuse have 
also increased. Prescription drugs, especially opioid analgesics, have 
increasingly been implicated in drug overdose deaths over the last 
decade.\23\ The National Vital Statistics System indicated there were 
18,893 opioid analgesics overdose related deaths in 2014, which is 
nearly 5 times greater than the number of related deaths in 1999.\24\ 
Deaths related to heroin have also sharply increased, more than 
tripling between 2010 and 2014.\25\ Rates of prescription drug misuse 
related to emergency department visits and treatment admissions have 
risen significantly in recent years.\26\ The Centers for Disease 
Control and Prevention reports that almost 7,000 people are treated in 
emergency departments each day for using opioids in a manner other than 
as directed.\27\ Opioids, primarily prescription pain relievers and 
heroin, are the main drugs associated with overdose deaths. In 2014, 
opioids were involved in 28,647 deaths, or 61 percent of all drug 
overdose deaths; the rate of opioid overdoses has tripled since 
2000.\28\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \23\ Macrae, J. (2015, July 27). HHS Launches Multi-pronged 
Effort to Combat Opioid Abuse. Retrieved from: http://www.hhs.gov/blog/2015/07/27/hhs-launches-multi-pronged-effort-combat-opioid-abuse.html. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Wide-ranging 
Online Data for Epidemiologic Research (WONDER), Multiple-Cause-of-
Death file, 2000-2014. 2015.
    \24\ CDC/NCHS, National Vital Statistics System, Mortality File. 
Retrieved from: http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/health_policy/AADR_drug_poisoning_involving_OA_Heroin_US_2000-2014.pdf.
    \25\ HHS takes strong steps to address opioid-drug related 
overdose, death and dependence. (2015, March 26) Retrieved from: 
http://www.hhs.gov/about/news/2015/03/26/hhs-takes-strong-steps-to-address-opioid-drug-related-overdose-death-and-dependence.html.
    \26\ Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, 
supra note 18.
    \27\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Wide-ranging 
Online Data for Epidemiologic Research (WONDER), Multiple-Cause-of-
Death file, (2015, October 28). Understanding the epidemic: When the 
prescription becomes the problem. Retrieved from: http://www.cdc.gov/drugoverdose/epidemic/.
    \28\ Rudd RA, Aleshire N, Zibbell JE, Gladden RM. Increases in 
Drug and Opioid Overdose Deaths--United States, 2000-2014. MMWR Morb 
Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016;64(50):1378-82. Retrieved from: http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm6450a3.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The economic costs of illegal drug use, including the use of 
medications that are prescribed for others, are considerable. According 
to the Office of National Drug Control Policy, the economic cost of 
drug addiction in the United States was estimated at $193 billion in 
2007, the last available estimate.\29\ Indeed, opioid use disorders 
contribute to over $72 billion in medical costs alone each year.\30\ 
These costs--costs related to treatment and prevention services; other 
health care costs, such as those for individuals with co-occurring 
illnesses that result from or are exacerbated by use and misuse of 
drugs obtained illicitly; and costs associated with lost productivity, 
social welfare, and crime--impose burdens on the workplace, healthcare 
system, and communities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \29\ Study Shows Illicit Drug Use Costs U.S. Economy More Than 
$193 Billion. (2011, June 1). Retrieved from: https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/ondcp/newsletters/ondcp_update_june_2011.pdf.
    \30\ Coalition Against Insurance Fraud. (2007). Prescription for 
peril: how insurance fraud finances theft and abuse of addictive 
prescription drugs. Retrieved from: http://www.insurancefraud.org/downloads/drugDiversion.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. Medication-Assisted Treatment (MAT)

    Opioid use disorder is a treatable medical condition from which it 
is possible to recover.\31\ Medication, along with other behavioral 
therapy, has the potential to play an important role in the successful 
treatment of opioid use disorder and provide a foundation for 
recovery.\32\ Research indicates that medication combined with 
behavioral health services produces the best outcomes.33 34 
Effective treatment is comprehensive and tailored to each patient's 
drug use patterns; medical and psychiatric co-morbidities, and social 
corollaries of substance use disorder; and includes consideration of 
the person's vocational and legal needs.\35\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \31\ Bart, G. (2012). Maintenance Medication for Opiate 
Addiction: The Foundation of Recovery. Journal of Addictive 
Diseases, 31(3), 207-225. http://doi.org/10.1080/10550887.2012.694598.
    \32\ Medication and Counseling Treatment. (2015, September 28). 
Retrieved from: http://www.samhsa.gov/medication-assisted-treatment/treatment.
    \33\ National Institute on Drug Abuse, supra note 2.
    \34\ Buprenorphine. (2015, September 25). Retrieved from: http://www.samhsa.gov/medication-assisted-treatment/treatment/buprenorphine.
    \35\ National Institute on Drug Abuse, supra note 2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    MAT is the use of medication in combination with behavioral health 
services to provide a whole-patient, individualized approach to the 
treatment of substance use disorder, including opioid use disorder.\36\ 
MAT is a safe and effective strategy for decreasing the frequency and 
quantity of opioid use and reducing the risk of overdose and death.\37\ 
Although MAT has significant evidence to support it as an effective 
treatment, it remains highly underutilized, with only an estimated 1 
million out of an estimated 2.5 million who needed treatment actually 
receiving it in 2012 \38\ This gap is a function of many factors, 
including treatment capacity and negative attitudes, prejudice, and 
discrimination that prevent individuals from seeking services. A full 
discussion of the barriers to MAT utilization can be found in the 
regulatory impact analysis of this document.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \36\ Medication and Counseling Treatment, supra note 32.
    \37\ Kresina, T.F., & Lubran, R.L. (2011). Improving public 
health through access to and utilization of medication assisted 
treatment. International Journal of Environmental Research and 
Public Health, 8(10):4102-17.
    \38\ Volkow, N.D., Frieden, T.R., Hyde, P.S., & Cha, S.S. 
(2014). Medication-assisted therapies--tackling the opioid-overdose 
epidemic. New England Journal of Medicine, 370(22):2063-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Methadone, buprenorphine, and naltrexone are the three main types 
of active ingredients \39\ contained in FDA approved products currently 
used to treat opioid use disorder in the U.S.\40\ Treatment of opioid 
use disorder using methadone can only be provided in OTPs regulated by 
SAMHSA under 42 CFR part 8 and requires patient assessments, on-site 
counseling, daily monitoring and observation of the medication use, and 
careful control of any take-home methadone.41 42 Also, 
methadone for opioid use disorder can only be dispensed in an OTP 
clinic setting.\34\ Unlike methadone, medicines containing 
buprenorphine are permitted to be dispensed in either an office-based 
setting or in an OTP, significantly increasing treatment access.\43\ 
Under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2), qualified practitioners can prescribe, 
administer, or dispense medicines containing buprenorphine for 
treatment of opioid use disorder in various settings, including in an 
office, community hospital, health department, or correctional 
facility. As with all medications used in MAT, buprenorphine is 
prescribed as part of a comprehensive treatment plan that includes 
counseling and participation in social support programs.\44\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \39\ Naloxone is an active ingredient in some forms of 
buprenorphine when used by other than the recommended sublingual 
(under the tongue) route.
    \40\ Volkow, supra note 38.
    \41\ Id.
    \42\ Methadone. (2015, September 28). Retrieved from: http://www.samhsa.gov/medication-assisted-treatment/treatment/methadone.
    \43\ Kresina, supra note 37.
    \44\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Statutory and Rulemaking History

    There is a long history of laws and rules to protect people from 
unnecessary or inappropriate exposure to opioids. Two important laws 
are the CSA and the Controlled Substances Import and Export Act, which 
became law in 1970. Together, these statutes and their implementing 
regulations

[[Page 17643]]

govern the manufacturing and distribution of controlled substances. 
Controlled substances are those medications or chemical substances that 
are scheduled I through V under the CSA, with Schedule I having the 
most relative abuse potential and likelihood of causing dependence when 
abused, and Schedule V having the least potential for abuse and 
dependence.\45\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \45\ Controlled Substance Schedules. (2015). Retrieved from: 
http://www.deadiversion.usdoj.gov/schedules/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In 2000, Congress amended the CSA (21 U.S.C. 801 et seq.) to 
establish ``waiver authority for physicians who dispense or prescribe 
certain narcotic drugs for maintenance treatment or detoxification 
treatment'' (Drug Addiction Treatment Act of 2000, Pub. L. 106-310, 
Title XXXV, 114 Stat. 1222, codified at 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)). This 
waiver authority established the existing 30 and 100 patient limits. 
Pursuant to such waiver authority, the statutory and regulatory 
requirement (21 U.S.C. 823(g)(1) and 21 CFR 1301.13(e)) that a 
practitioner obtain a separate DEA registration to prescribe 
buprenorphine for maintenance or detoxification treatment is waived. 
Prior to this amendment, practitioners who wanted to provide 
maintenance or detoxification treatment using opioid drugs were 
required to be registered as Narcotic Treatment Programs, today 
commonly referred to as OTPs.
    Under the provisions of the CSA implementing regulations (21 CFR 
1301.28(b)(1)(iii) and (iv)), the 30-patient limitation applied equally 
to individual practices and to group practices (i.e., 30 patients per 
group practice), severely limiting the number of patients who could be 
treated by physicians in group practices. In 2005, the CSA was amended 
to lift the patient limitation on prescribing opioid addiction 
treatment medications by practitioners in group practices (Pub. L. 109-
56) so that practitioners could prescribe up to 30 patients 
individually regardless of whether they are in a group or solo 
practice.\46\ In 2006, the CSA was further amended by the Office of 
National Drug Control Policy Reauthorization Act of 2006 (Pub. L. 109-
469) to permit the treatment of up to 100 patients by each qualifying 
practitioner. As a result, DEA made conforming changes their 
regulations.\47\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \46\ ``A bill to amend the Controlled Substances Act to lift the 
patient limitation on prescribing drug addiction treatments by 
medical practitioners in group practices, and for other purposes'' 
(Pub. L. 109-56).
    \47\ See 21 CFR 1301.28(b)(1)(iii) and (iv).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

D. Current Process for Obtaining a Practitioner Waiver Under 21 U.S.C. 
823(g)(2)

    To be able to prescribe buprenorphine for the maintenance or 
detoxification of opioid use disorder, qualified practitioners must 
file a Request for Patient Limit Increase with SAMHSA. In accordance 
with 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(D)(iii), SAMHSA processes the Request for 
Patient Limit Increase by verifying the practitioner's medical license 
and qualification to prescribe buprenorphine, and informs the DEA of 
whether the practitioner meets all of the statutory requirements for a 
waiver. If the statutory requirements for a waiver are met, the DEA 
verifies the practitioner's current registration and assigns an 
identification number to the practitioner. This information is conveyed 
to the practitioner by a letter issued from SAMHSA. At this point, the 
practitioner is considered to be a waivered practitioner.
    Waivered practitioners must comply with all sections of the CSA 
regarding validity of prescriptions, recordkeeping, inventory, and 
medication administration or dispensing. DEA is authorized to conduct 
periodic on-site inspections of all registrants. As of 2013, DEA had 
systematically visited nearly all waivered practitioners. Most 
inspections were uneventful, and the majority of practitioners were 
found to be in compliance. Problems encountered typically involved 
administrative issues and required practitioners to make changes to 
recordkeeping practices. Should DEA find violations of law, it can 
revoke a practitioner's right to prescribe buprenorphine and take 
further legal action, if necessary.

E. Evaluations of the Current System

    Evaluations of the process for granting waivers under the 21 U.S.C. 
823(g)(2) waiver system are limited. In 2006, SAMHSA published the 
results of an evaluation that examined the availability and 
effectiveness of treatment as well as adverse consequences.\48\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \48\ Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. 
(2006). The SAMHSA Evaluation of the Impact of the DATA Waiver 
Program. Retrieved from: http://www.buprenorphine.samhsa.gov/FOR_FINAL_summaryreport_colorized.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A number of barriers to MAT adoption using buprenorphine in an 
office-based setting were identified in this evaluation, with three in 
particular that were consistently identified amongst waivered 
practitioners as problematic: (1) The 30-patient limit, (2) limited 
third-party reimbursement, and (3) high medication/treatment costs. 
Additional barriers identified include a hesitation to initiate 
buprenorphine prescribing because of (1) a lack of a sufficient number 
of patients needing MAT for opioid use disorders, (2) difficult initial 
treatment setup and logistics, and (3) patients' reluctance around 
counseling as a component of treatment. A number of non-waivered 
practitioners cited common challenges to obtaining a waiver, including 
lack of appropriate training or experience, concerns about 
recordkeeping and potential audits by DEA, and a scarcity of 
appropriate concomitant counseling resources in their areas.
    More recently, in September 2014, SAMHSA, in partnership with the 
National Institute on Drug Abuse, convened a meeting of expert 
professionals for a Buprenorphine Summit to gather the perspectives of 
leaders from the field regarding the state of practice and their 
assessment of possible strategies for moving forward. This Summit 
presented an opportunity for active and collaborative discussion about 
caring for patients; designing, operating, and sustaining programs; 
supporting recovery; and training practitioners. The participants 
explored what is known about the adoption of MAT with buprenorphine-
containing products to treat opioid use disorder; reasons why it has 
not been as widely prescribed as might have been expected; and ways 
that Federal agencies, health professionals, and concerned individuals 
might enable buprenorphine treatment to become more accessible.
    Participants from the Summit provided some reasons waivered 
practitioners were not prescribing buprenorphine, including but not 
limited to the following: Practitioners do not have practice partners 
with waivers or practice partners who can provide cross-coverage 
because of the interpretation of the patient limit; they lack 
institutional support; their community lacks psychosocial resources for 
patients; they feel that with current patient limits, they cannot treat 
a sufficient volume of patients to meet all of the costs of providing 
buprenorphine given current third-party reimbursement; the regulations 
and scrutiny particular to prescribing buprenorphine can make them feel 
as if they are doing something questionable by prescribing it; and 
current confidentiality rules make it difficult to integrate substance 
use disorder care with primary care.
    Some of the ideas that came out of the Summit included strategies 
to expand availability of buprenorphine treatment for opioid use 
disorders, such as

[[Page 17644]]

examining the elimination of restrictions on prescribing buprenorphine. 
Specific ideas included enabling non-physician practitioners to 
prescribe buprenorphine (which would require a legislative change); 
raising the cap on how many patients a practitioner can have in 
treatment at a time; and allowing practitioners to cross-cover one 
another on a short-term basis, which is a practice standard across 
medicine, without being in violation of the patient limit. The latter 
two are addressed in this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM).

F. Need for Rulemaking

    In the intervening 15 years since enactment of 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2), 
there have been a number of changes, including the amendment that (1) 
allowed for practitioners in group practices to prescribe up to 30 
patients individually regardless of whether they are in a group or sole 
practice, and (2) allowed for practitioners who had a waiver for at 
least 1 year to submit a second NOI to treat up to 100 patients at a 
time. Other changes include expansion in insurance coverage and parity 
protections due to passage of the Mental Health Parity and Addiction 
Equity Act, as well as the Affordable Care Act. Educational and 
training activities have also expanded, including the FDA Risk 
Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS) for buprenorphine and 
SAMHSA's Provider Clinical Support System for MAT. In addition, a new 
subspecialty board certification has been developed for allopathic 
physicians in addiction medicine, creating a pathway for more 
physicians to obtain broader knowledge of substance use disorders in 
general.
    Despite this progress, the nation finds itself in the midst of a 
public health crisis of opioid addiction, misuse, and related morbidity 
and mortality.\49\ Each day in the United States, 44 people die from 
overdose of prescription pain relievers.\50\ As previously stated, in 
2014, opioids were involved in 28,647 deaths, or 61 percent of all drug 
overdose deaths; the rate of opioid overdoses has tripled since 
2000.\51\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \49\ FACT SHEET: Obama Administration Announces Public and 
Private Sector Efforts to Address Prescription Drug Abuse and Heroin 
Use. (2015, October 21). Retrieved from: https://www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/2015/10/21/fact-sheet-obama-administration-announces-public-and-private-sector.
    \50\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, supra note 27.
    \51\ Rudd, supra note 28.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    There are approximately 1,400 OTPs and 31,857 practitioners waived 
to prescribe buprenorphine. The use of extended-release injectable 
naltrexone has also made an important contribution to increasing access 
to MAT in the private physician office-based setting, but the number of 
patients receiving treatment with naltrexone in such settings is not 
known. Providers wishing to serve more people have the option of both 
office-based MAT with buprenorphine products as well as specialty 
addiction treatment programs that include an OTP. However, recent 
research has also shown that an estimated 1 million people out of 2.3 
million individuals in the U.S. with opioid abuse or dependence were 
untreated.\52\ This assumes that practitioners were treating patients 
at maximum capacity. Data from DATA-waived providers in 2008 \53\ 
indicate that practitioners are likely only reaching 57 percent of 
their total patient capacity for buprenorphine treatment. At the State 
level, an estimated 3 patients per 1,000 people in the U.S. had an 
unmet need for treatment, assuming that practitioners were treating 
patients at maximum potential capacity.\54\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \52\ Jones CM, Campopiano M, Baldwin G, McCance-Katz E. National 
and state treatment need and capacity for opioid agonist medication-
assisted treatment. Am J Public Health 2015;105(8):e55-e63.
    \53\ Arfken CL, Johanson CE, Menza SD, Schuster CR. Expanding 
treatment capacity for opioid ependence with office-based treatment 
with buprenorphine: national surveys of physicians. J Subst Abuse 
Treat. 2010;39(2):96-104.
    \54\ Jones, supra note 53.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    While the Federal Guidelines for OTPs, published early in 2015, 
promote the use of both buprenorphine and naltrexone, in addition to 
methadone, in the approximately 1,400 OTPs, increasing access to MAT 
through OTPs is limited by several factors. These factors include the 
fact that the patient capacity of individual OTPs is typically 
determined by State licensing requirements, building permits, or other 
State or local regulations. Geography and the daily nature of methadone 
treatment are other factors that affect the ability to expand access to 
MAT via OTPs in general, but they do not directly relate to the 
capacity of an individual OTP to treat patients. Rather they are 
limitations on the expansion of access to more individuals utilizing 
methadone specifically.
    HHS is promoting access to all forms of MAT for opioid use disorder 
through multiple activities included in the Secretary's Opioid 
Initiative. Given the Secretary's unique authority to increase the 
patient limit on treatment under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2) by rulemaking, the 
proposed rule is an essential element of a comprehensive approach to 
increasing access to MAT.
    Increasing the limits on the number of patients per waivered 
practitioner has been requested by many individuals, organizations, and 
entities. In a letter to the Secretary, ASAM notes that the prescribing 
limit is a major barrier to patient access to care and the current 
limits place arbitrary limits on the number of patients a practitioner 
can treat. It also notes that no other medications are limited in such 
a manner.\55\ The American Psychiatric Association, American Academy of 
Addiction Psychiatry, and the American Osteopathic Academy of Addiction 
Medicine also wrote to the Secretary and stated that as ``the number of 
people addicted to these opioids increases, there continues to be a 
shortage of physicians who are appropriately trained to treat them. The 
shortage severely complicates and impairs our ability to effectively 
address the epidemic, particularly in many rural and underserved areas 
of the nation.'' \56\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \55\ Letter to Secretary Burwell from the American Society for 
Addiction Medicine, July 31, 2014.
    \56\ Letter to Secretary Burwell from the American Psychiatric 
Association, American Academy of Addiction Psychiatry, and the 
American Osteopathic Academy of Addiction Medicine, July 25, 2014.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In sum, given the public health crisis of opioid misuse and abuse 
and the treatment gap between those individuals with an opioid use 
disorder and those currently receiving treatment, this proposed rule is 
needed to raise the patient cap in an effort to increase access to MAT 
with buprenorphine and associated counseling and supports. In keeping 
with the spirit of mental health parity, we emphasize that competency 
in addiction care should exist throughout the healthcare continuum. To 
balance optimal access and safety, we strive to ensure that the 
credentials needed to prescribe MAT are within reach for interested 
physicians, programs are practical to implement, and reporting 
requirements are not perceived as a barrier to participation. We seek 
comment on whether the proposed rule appropriately strikes this 
balance.

IV. Summary of Proposed Rule

A. General

    To date, SAMHSA has implemented the provisions of 21 U.S.C. 
823(g)(2) without rulemaking due to the clear and specific provisions 
included in the statute. As authorized by the statute at 21 U.S.C. 
823(g)(2)(B)(iii), SAMHSA is initiating rulemaking at this time to 
increase access to MAT with

[[Page 17645]]

buprenorphine in the office-based setting as authorized under 21 U.S.C. 
823(g)(2). The proposed rule would increase the highest available 
patient limit for qualified practitioners to receive a waiver from 100 
to 200. This new higher patient limit would significantly increase 
patient capacity for practitioners qualified to prescribe at this level 
while also ensuring that waivered practitioners would be able to 
provide the full treatment continuum associated with MAT.
    Practitioners authorized to treat up to 200 patients under 21 
U.S.C. 823(g)(2) would be required to meet infrastructure, capacity, 
and reporting requirements that exceed those required for the lower 
limits. The incremental increase from 100 to 200 patients and the 
concomitant reporting requirements would allow the Department to 
monitor the quality of care being delivered, identify any changes in 
the rate of diversion, and improvements in health outcomes for opioid-
dependent patients. It would attach additional criteria and 
responsibilities to practitioners who would be able to treat up to 200 
patients with the specific aims of ensuring quality of care and 
minimizing diversion. Importantly, the additional criteria and 
responsibilities are not intended to be unduly burdensome to the 
practitioner who wishes to expand his or her MAT treatment practice and 
we seek comment on the associated burden. Rather, they are intended to 
reflect the current standard of care for the treatment of opioid use 
disorder while also recognizing the growing demand for opioid use 
disorder treatment integrated into the non-specialist practice in more 
mainstream settings. This proposed rule does not add these additional 
requirements to practitioners who have a waiver to treat 100 or fewer 
patients under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2). The proposed rule also would create 
an option for an increased patient limit for practitioners responding 
to emergency situations that require immediate, increased access to MAT 
pharmacotherapies. Also included in the proposed rule are key 
definitions.
    This proposal would add subpart F to 42 CFR part 8. To accomplish 
this, additional changes would be made to part 8. Proposed changes to 
part 8 to accommodate the proposed rule include retitling the part to 
encompass all MAT over which the Secretary has regulatory authority. 
Consequently, under the proposed rule, subpart A would be entitled 
General Provisions. Current subparts A, B, and C would change to 
subparts B, C, and D, respectively. The titles of these subparts would 
be revised to make it clear that they apply only to OTPs.

B. Scope (Sec.  8.1)

    Under the proposed rule, the scope of part 8 would encompass rules 
that are applicable to OTPs, and to waivered practitioners who seek to 
provide MAT to more than 100 patients. New subparts B through D under 
the proposed rule would contain the rules relevant to OTPs. Subpart E 
would be reserved and Subpart F would contain the proposed new rule. 
Section 8.1 would also explain that the proposed rules in the new 
subpart F pertain only to those practitioners using a waiver under 21 
U.S.C. 823(g)(2) with a patient limit of 101 to 200.

C. Definitions (Sec.  8.2)

    The definitions section would apply to the entirety of part 8. 
Definitions that would apply only to OTPs would be revised to reflect 
this in the specific definition. Two definitions would be eliminated: 
``Registered opioid treatment program'' would be deleted because the 
term is not used anywhere in the text of the regulations; and the 
definition for ``opiate addiction'' would be renamed ``opioid use 
disorder.''
    This proposed rule also includes a definition of ``patient.'' At 
present, the definition of ``patient'' in Sec.  8.2 is limited to those 
individuals receiving treatment at an OTP, which excludes those 
individuals receiving office-based opioid treatment with buprenorphine, 
i.e., those subject to 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2). As a result, there has been 
confusion among providers, insurers, pharmacists, and diversion 
investigators. This stems in part from the difference between formal 
admission and discharge practices that are customarily used in OTPs and 
other substance use disorder treatment programs and the more open-ended 
relationship between patient and practitioner in general medical and 
psychiatric practice. This confusion has also complicated the data 
collection necessary to assess access to treatment on community, state, 
and national levels. It has also hindered cross-coverage due to a 
concern that covering a patient for a short period of time keeps a 
practitioner accountable for that patient for an extended period of 
time.
    The proposed rule would revise the definition of patient to make it 
inclusive of all persons receiving MAT with an opioid medication, 
consistent with the expanded scope of proposed revisions to 42 CFR part 
8. By proposing that patient ``means any individual who receives MAT 
from a practitioner or program subject to this part,'' the definition 
would apply to the entire period during which the eligible medication 
is expected to be used by the patient while under that practitioner's 
care. For example, if a practitioner provides cross-coverage for 
another practitioner, and in the course of that coverage the covering 
practitioner provides a prescription for buprenorphine, the patient 
counts towards the cross-covering practitioner's patient limit until 
the prescription has expired. However, if a cross-covering practitioner 
is merely available for consult but does not provide a prescription for 
buprenorphine while the prescribing practitioner is away, the patients 
being covered do not count towards the cross-covering practitioner's 
patient limit at all. Therefore, this definition would be expected to 
help ensure consistency and clarity in how waivered practitioners count 
patients towards the limit. We seek comments on this definition and 
other examples of coverage arrangements where clarity would be helpful.
    The proposed rule would include the following definition of patient 
limit: ``the maximum number of individual patients a practitioner may 
treat at any time using covered medications.''
    Taken together, these two definitions would provide clear and fair 
guidance for regulatory enforcement and would be expected to reduce 
undercounting of patients by practitioners and, furthermore, would 
exclude those patients with whom a practitioner interacts as a 
professional courtesy or in a transitory fashion on behalf of another 
waivered physician from being counted against the covering 
practitioner's patient limit for an extended period of time. In this 
way it is expected that waivered practitioners will be able to provide 
reciprocal cross-coverage of patients for brief periods, such as 
weekends or vacations, without implications, long-term or possibly at 
all, for their respective individual limits.
    Other new definitions would include ``behavioral health services,'' 
``nationally recognized evidence-based guidelines'' and ``emergency 
situation.'' These definitions would be in-line with definitions 
offered elsewhere and applied in the field. They would be minimally 
modified from other existing definitions to clarify the application of 
these terms to the unique circumstances of the practitioner providing 
MAT under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2).
    In addition, this proposed rule would define ``nationally 
recognized evidence-based guidelines'' to mean a document produced by a 
national or international medical professional association, public 
health entity, or governmental body

[[Page 17646]]

with the aim of ensuring the appropriate use of evidence to guide 
individual diagnostic and therapeutic clinical decisions. Some examples 
include the ASAM National Practice Guidelines for the Use of 
Medications in the Treatment of Addiction Involving Opioid Use; 
SAMHSA's Treatment Improvement Protocol 40: Clinical Guidelines for the 
Use of Buprenorphine in the Treatment of Opioid Addiction; the World 
Health Organization Guidelines for the Psychosocially Assisted 
Pharmacological Treatment of Opioid Dependence; and the Federation of 
State Medical Boards' Model Policy on DATA 2000 and Treatment of Opioid 
Addiction in the Medical Office. SAMHSA would expect that guidelines 
falling into this definition may change over time but would not plan to 
keep a list for practitioners to consult.

D. Opioid Treatment Programs (Sec. Sec.  8.3 Through 8.34)

    Proposed retitled subparts B, C, and D would contain Sec. Sec.  8.3 
through 8.34. Proposed changes to these sections would be limited to 
changing the mailing address for program certification and 
accreditation body approval and updating terms, such as ``opiate'' and 
``opiate addiction'' to ``opioid'' and ``opioid use disorder,'' 
respectively.

E. Which Practitioners Are Eligible for a Patient Limit of 200? (Sec.  
8.610)

    This is the first proposed section of the new subpart F. Proposed 
Sec.  8.610 would describe which practitioners are eligible for a 
patient limit of 200. Under routine conditions, a practitioner would 
qualify for the higher limit in one of two ways: By possessing 
subspecialty board certification in addiction medicine or addiction 
psychiatry or by practicing in a qualified practice setting as defined 
in the rule. In either case, practitioners with the higher limit would 
have to possess a waiver to treat 100 patients for at least 1 year in 
order to gain experience treating at a higher limit. The purpose of 
offering the 200 patient limit to practitioners in these two categories 
is to recognize the benefit offered to patients through: (1) The 
advanced training and maintenance of knowledge and skill associated 
with the acquisition of subspecialty board certification; and (2) the 
higher level of direct service provision and care coordination 
envisioned in the qualified practice setting. This approach would 
restrict access to the 200 patient limit to a subset of the 
practitioners waivered to provide care to up to 100 patients. In 
addition to ensuring higher quality of care, the criteria for the 
higher limit would be intended to minimize the risk of diversion of 
controlled substances to illicit use and accidental exposure that could 
result from increased prescribing of buprenorphine. A practitioner with 
board certification in an addiction subspecialty would have to have the 
training and experience necessary to recognize and address behaviors 
associated with increased risk of diversion. In the qualified practice 
settings, SAMHSA believes that the care team and practice systems will 
function to help ensure this same level of care. We seek comments on 
this proposed approach, including comments on whether there are other 
ways for SAMHSA to ensure quality and safety while encouraging 
practitioners to take on additional patients.

F. What Constitutes a Qualified Practice Setting? (Sec.  8.615)

    Proposed Sec.  8.615 would describe the necessary elements of a 
qualified practice setting, which can include practices with as few as 
one waived provider as long as these criteria are met and can include 
both private practices and community-based clinics. Necessary elements 
of a qualified practice setting would include having: (1) The ability 
to offer patients professional coverage for medical emergencies during 
hours when the practitioner's practice is closed; this does not need to 
involve another waivered practitioner, only that coverage be available 
for patients experiencing an emergency even when the office is closed; 
(3) the ability to ensure access to patient case-management services; 
(4) health information technology (HIT) systems such as electronic 
health records, when practitioners are required to use it in the 
practice setting in which he or she practices; (5) participation in a 
prescription drug monitoring program (PDMP), where operational, and in 
accordance with State law. PDMP means a statewide electronic database 
that collects designated data on substances dispensed in the State. For 
practitioners providing care in their capacity as employees or 
contractors of a Federal government agency, participation in a PDMP 
would be required only when such participation is not restricted based 
on State law or regulation based on their state of licensure and is in 
accordance with Federal statutes and regulations; and (6) employment, 
or a contractual obligation to treat patients in a setting that has the 
ability to accept third-party payment for costs in providing health 
services, including written billing, credit and collection policies and 
procedures, or Federal health benefits.
    The elements were identified as common to many high-quality 
practice settings, which includes both private practices as well as 
federally qualified health centers and community mental health centers, 
and therefore worthy of replication. The elements would be expected to 
be common to OTPs, and OTPs currently in operation but not providing 
MAT under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2). Taken together, this would facilitate 
additional opportunities to expand access to MAT. Another consideration 
in the selection of these elements would be the need to limit the 
expansion of group practices formed for the sole purpose of pooling the 
individual practitioner limits to maximize revenue but which fail to 
offer a full continuum of services. HHS seeks comment on additional, 
alternate pathways by which a practitioner may become eligible to apply 
for a patient waiver of 200.

G. What is the process to request a patient limit of 200? (Sec.  8.620)

    Proposed Sec.  8.620 would describe the process to request a 
patient limit of 200. Similar to the waiver process for the 30 and 100 
patient limits, the process would begin with filing a Request for 
Patient Limit Increase. A proposed draft of the Request for Patient 
Limit Increase is in the docket. Public comment is requested. The 
higher patient limit would carry with it greater responsibility for 
behavioral health services, care coordination, diversion control, and 
continuity of care in emergencies and for transfer of care in the event 
approval to treat up to 200 patients is not renewed or is denied. The 
new Request for Patient Limit Increase process would require providers 
to affirm that they would meet these requirements. The proposed 
definitions of ``behavioral health services,'' ``diversion control 
plan,'' ``emergency situation,'' ``nationally recognized evidence-based 
guidelines'' and ``practitioner incapacity'' would be provided in Sec.  
8.2 to assist practitioners in understanding what is expected of them 
in making these attestations. These responsibilities would be aligned 
with the standards of ethical medical and business practice and would 
not be expected to be burdensome to practitioners. Resources exist to 
help in the development in patient placement in the event transfer to 
other addiction treatment would be required, for example, if a provider 
chose to no longer practice at the 200 patient limit. Examples of these 
resources would include but are not limited to: Single

[[Page 17647]]

State Authorities and State Opioid Treatment Authorities. Practitioners 
approved to treat up to 200 patients would also be required to reaffirm 
their ongoing eligibility to fulfill these requirements every 3 years 
as described in Sec.  8.640.

H. How will a request for patient limit increase be processed? (Sec.  
8.625)

    Proposed Sec.  8.625 would describe how SAMHSA will process a 
Request for Patient Limit increase. The process for requesting a 
patient limit up to 200 would be processed similarly to how the current 
30 or 100 patient waiver is processed, with one difference. Whereas the 
lower patient limit waivers are not time limited, the waiver for the 
higher limit of 200 would have a term not to exceed 3 years. Thus, a 
practitioner would be required to submit a new Request for Patient 
Limit Increase every 3 years if he or she desired to continue treating 
up to 200 patients.

I. What must practitioners do in order to maintain their approval to 
treat up to 200 patients under Sec.  8.625? (Sec.  8.630)

    Proposed Sec.  8.630 would describe the conditions for maintaining 
a waiver for each 3-year period for which waivers are valid, including 
maintenance of all eligibility requirements specified in Sec.  8.610, 
and all attestations made in accordance with Sec.  8.620(b). Compliance 
with the requirements specified in Sec.  8.620 would have to be 
continuous. This includes compliance with reporting requirements 
specified in Sec.  8.635.

J. What are the reporting requirements for practitioners whose request 
for patient limit increase is approved under Sec.  8.625? (Sec.  8.635)

    Proposed Sec.  8.635 would describe the reporting requirements for 
practitioners whose Request for Patient Limit Increase is approved 
under Sec.  8.625. Reporting would be required annually to ensure that 
eligibility requirements are being maintained and that waiver 
conditions are being fulfilled. We seek comments on whether the 
proposed reporting periods and deadline could be combined with other, 
existing reporting requirements in a way that would make reporting less 
burdensome for practitioners. Reporting requirements may include a 
request for information regarding:
a. The average monthly caseload of patients receiving buprenorphine-
based MAT, per year
b. Percentage of active buprenorphine patients (patients in treatment 
as of reporting date) that received psychosocial or case management 
services (either by direct provision or by referral) in the past year 
due to:
    1. Treatment initiation
    2. Change in clinical status
c. Percentage of patients who had a prescription drug monitoring 
program query in the past month
d. Number of patients at the end of the reporting year who:
    1. Have completed an appropriate course of treatment with 
buprenorphine in order for the patient to achieve and sustain recovery
    2. Are not being seen by the provider due to referral by the 
provider to a more or less intensive level of care
    3. No longer desire to continue use of buprenorphine
    4. Are no longer receiving buprenorphine for reasons other than 1-
3.
We seek comment on this list.

K. What is the process for renewing a practitioner's request for 
patient limit increase approval? (Sec.  8.640)

    Proposed Sec.  8.640 would describe the process for a practitioner 
renewing his or her approval for the higher patient limit. In order for 
a practitioner to renew an approval, he or she would have to submit a 
renewal Request for Patient Limit Increase in accordance with the 
procedures outlined under Sec.  8.620 at least 90 days before the 
expiration of the approval term.

L. What are the responsibilities of practitioners who do not submit a 
renewal request for patient limit increase or whose request is denied? 
(Sec.  8.645)

    Proposed Sec.  8.645 would describe the responsibilities of 
practitioners who do not submit a renewal Request for Patient Limit 
Increase or whose request is denied. Under Sec.  8.620(b)(7) 
practitioners would notify all patients affected above the 100 patient 
limit, that the practitioner would no longer be able to provide MAT 
services using covered medications and would make every effort to 
transfer patients to other addiction treatment.

M. Can SAMHSA suspend or revoke a practitioner's patient limit increase 
approval? (Sec.  8.650)

    Proposed Sec.  8.650 would describe under what circumstances SAMHSA 
would suspend or revoke a practitioner's patient limit increase of 200. 
If SAMHSA had reason to believe that immediate action would be 
necessary to protect public health or safety, SAMHSA would suspend the 
practitioner's patient limit increase of 200. If SAMHSA determined that 
the practitioner had made misrepresentations in his or her Request for 
Patient Limit Increase, or if the practitioner no longer satisfied the 
requirements of this subpart, or he or she has been found to have 
violated the CSA pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 824(a), SAMHSA would revoke the 
practitioner's patient limit increase of 200.

N. Can a practitioner request to temporarily treat up to 200 patients 
in emergency situations? (Sec.  8.655)

    Proposed Sec.  8.655 would describe the process, including the 
information and documentation necessary, for a practitioner with an 
approved 100 patient limit, to request approval to temporarily treat up 
to 200 patients in an emergency situation. The intention of this 
provision would be to help assure continuity of care for patients whose 
care might otherwise be abruptly terminated due to the death or 
disability of their practitioner. This provision would also help 
communities respond rapidly to a sudden increase in demand for 
medication assisted treatment. Sudden increases in demand for treatment 
may be experienced when there is a local disease outbreak associated 
with drug use, or when a natural or human-caused disaster either 
displaces persons in treatment from their practitioner or program or 
destroys program infrastructure. The emergency provision generally 
would not be intended to correct poor resource deployment due to lack 
of planning. The emergency provision of the proposed rule would only be 
considered if other options for addressing the increased demand for 
medication-assisted treatment could not address the situation.
    The practitioner must provide information and documentation that: 
(1) Describes the emergency situation in sufficient detail so as to 
allow a determination to be made regarding whether the emergency 
qualifies as an emergency situation as defined in Sec.  8.2, and that 
provides a justification for an immediate increase in that 
practitioner's patient limit; (2) Identifies a period of time in which 
the higher patient limit should apply, and provides a rationale for the 
period of time requested; and (3) Describes an explicit and feasible 
plan to meet the public and individual health needs of the impacted 
persons once the practitioner's approval to treat up to 200 patients 
expires. Prior to taking action on a practitioner's request under this 
section, SAMHSA shall consult, to the extent practicable, with the 
appropriate governmental authority in order to

[[Page 17648]]

determine whether the emergency situation that a practitioner describes 
justifies an immediate increase in the higher patient limit. If, after 
consultation with the governmental authority, SAMHSA determines that a 
practitioner's request under this section should be granted, SAMHSA 
will notify the practitioner that his or her request has been approved. 
The period of such approval shall not exceed six months. A practitioner 
wishing to receive an extension of the approval period granted must 
submit a request to SAMHSA at least 30 days before the expiration of 
the six month period and certify that the emergency situation 
continues. Except as provided in this section and Sec.  8.650, 
requirements in other sections under subpart F do not apply to 
practitioners receiving waivers in this section.

V. Collection of Information Requirements

    Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), agencies are 
required to provide 60-day notice in the Federal Register and solicit 
public comment before a collection of information requirement is 
submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and 
approval. Currently, the information collection associated with the 30-
patient and 100-patient limits is approved under OMB Control No. 0930-
0234. In order to fairly evaluate whether changes to an information 
collection should be approved by the OMB, section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the 
PRA requires that we solicit comment on the following issues:
    1. Whether the information collection is necessary and useful to 
carry out the proper functions of the agency;
    2. The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the information 
collection burden;
    3. The quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be 
collected; and
    4. Recommendations to minimize the information collection burden on 
the affected public, including automated collection techniques.
    Under the PRA, the time, effort, and financial resources necessary 
to meet the information collection requirements referenced in this 
section are to be considered in rulemaking. We explicitly seek, and 
will consider, public comment on our assumptions as they relate to the 
PRA requirements summarized in this section. This proposed rule 
includes changes to information collection requirements, that is, 
reporting, recordkeeping or third-party disclosure requirements, as 
defined under the PRA (5 CFR part 1320). Some of the provisions would 
involve changes from the information collections set out in the 
previous regulations.
    Information collection requirements would be:
    A. Approval, 42 CFR 8.620(a) through (c): In order for a 
practitioner to receive approval for a patient limit of 200, a 
practitioner must meet all of the requirements specified in Sec.  8.610 
and submit a Request for Patient Limit Increase to SAMHSA that includes 
all of the following:
     Completed 3-page Request for Patient Limit Increase Form, 
a draft of which is available for review in the public docket;
     Statement certifying that the practitioner:
    [cir] Will adhere to nationally recognized evidence-based 
guidelines for the treatment of patients with opioid use disorders;
    [cir] Will provide patients with necessary behavioral health 
services as defined in Sec.  8.2 or will provide such services through 
an established formal agreement with another entity to provide 
behavioral health services;
    [cir] Will provide appropriate releases of information, in 
accordance with Federal and State laws and regulations, including the 
Health Information Portability and Accountability Act Privacy Rule and 
part 2 of this chapter, if applicable, to permit the coordination of 
care with behavioral health, medical, and other service practitioners;
    [cir] Will use patient data to inform the improvement of outcomes;
    [cir] Will adhere to a diversion control plan to manage the covered 
medications and reduce the possibility of diversion of covered 
medications from legitimate treatment use;
    [cir] Has considered how to assure continuous access to care in the 
event of practitioner incapacity or an emergency situation that would 
impact a patient's access to care as defined in Sec.  8.2; and
    [cir] Will notify all patients above the 100 patient level, in the 
event that the request for the higher patient limit is not renewed or 
is denied, that the practitioner will no longer be able to provide MAT 
services using buprenorphine to them and make every effort to transfer 
patients to other addiction treatment;
    B. Diversion Control Plan, 42 CFR 8.12(c)(2): Creating and 
maintaining a diversion control plan is one of the requirements that 
practitioners must attest to before they are approved to treat at the 
higher limit. This plan is not required to be submitted to SAMHSA.
    C. Reporting, 42 CFR 8.635: Reporting will be required annually to 
ensure that eligibility requirements are being maintained and that 
waiver conditions are being fulfilled. Reporting requirements may 
include a request for information regarding: (1) The average monthly 
caseload of patients receiving buprenorphine-based MAT, per year; (2) 
the percentage of active buprenorphine patients (patients in treatment 
as of reporting date) who received psychosocial or case management 
services (either by direct provision or by referral) in the past year 
due to treatment initiation or change in clinical status; (3) 
Percentage of patients who had a prescription drug monitoring program 
query in the past month; (4) Number of patients at the end of the 
reporting year who: (a) Have completed an appropriate course of 
treatment with buprenorphine in order for the patient to achieve and 
sustain recovery, (b) Are not being seen by the provider due to 
referral by the provider to a more or less intensive level of care, (c) 
No longer desire to continue use of buprenorphine, (d) Are no longer 
receiving buprenorphine for reasons other than (a) through (c). To 
facilitate public comment, we have placed a draft version of the 
collection template in the public docket.
    D. Renewal, 42 CFR 8.640: Describes the process for a practitioner 
renewing his or her approval for the higher patient limit. In order for 
a practitioner to renew an approval, he or she must submit a renewal 
Request for Patient Limit Increase in accordance with the procedures 
outlined under Sec.  8.620 at least 90 days before the expiration of 
the approval term.
    E. Patient Notice, 42 CFR 8.645: Describes the responsibilities of 
practitioners who do not submit a renewal Request for Patient Limit 
Increase. Practitioners who do not renew their Request for Patient 
Limit Increase must notify all patients above the 100 patient limit 
that the practitioner will no longer be able to provide MAT services 
using covered medications and make every effort to transfer patients to 
other addiction treatment. The Patient Notice is a model notice to 
guide practitioners in this situation when they notify their patients.
    F. Emergency Provisions, 42 CFR 8.655: Describes the process for 
practitioners with a current waiver to prescribe up to 100 patients, 
and who are not otherwise eligible to treat up to 200 patients, to 
request a temporary increase to treat up to 200 patients in order to 
address emergency situations as defined in Sec.  8.2. To initiate this 
process, the practitioner shall provide information and documentation 
that: (1) Describes the emergency situation in

[[Page 17649]]

sufficient detail so as to allow a determination to be made regarding 
whether the situation qualifies as an emergency situation as defined in 
Sec.  8.2, and that provides a justification for an immediate increase 
in that practitioner's patient limit; (2) Identifies a period of time, 
not longer than 6 months, in which the higher patient limit should 
apply, and provides a rationale for the period of time requested; and 
(3) Describes an explicit and feasible plan to meet the public and 
individual health needs of the impacted persons once the practitioner's 
approval to treat up to 200 patients expires. If a practitioner wishes 
to receive an extension of the approval period granted under this 
section, he or she must submit a request to SAMHSA at least 30 days 
before the expiration of the 6-month period, and certify that the 
emergency situation as defined in Sec.  8.2 necessitating an increased 
patient limit continues.
    Annual burden estimates for these requirements are summarized in 
the following table:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                        Burden/       Total
              42 CFR Citation                    Purpose of submission       Number of    Responses/    response      burden    Hourly wage   Total wage
                                                                            respondents   respondent     (hour)       (hour)      cost ($)     cost ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.620(a) through (c).......................  Request for Patient Limit              517            1           .5          259       $93.74      $24,232
                                              Increase.
8.12(c)(2).................................  Diversion Control Plan.......          517            1           .5          259        93.74       24,232
8.635......................................  Annual Report................        1,350            1            3        4,050        64.47      261,104
8.640......................................  Renewal Request for a Patient            0            1           .5            0        93.74            0
                                              Limit Increase.
8.645......................................  Patient Notice...............            0            1            3            0        93.74            0
8.655(d)...................................  Request for a Temporary                 10            1            3           30        64.47        1,934
                                              Patient Increase for an
                                              Emergency.
                                                                           -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total..................................  .............................        2,394  ...........  ...........        4,598  ...........      311,502
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Note that these estimates differ from those found in the RIA 
because the estimates here are wage cost estimates while the estimates 
in the RIA are resource cost estimates which incorporate costs 
associated with overhead and benefits.
    For more detailed estimates, please refer to the public docket, 
which includes a copy of the draft supporting statement associated with 
this information collection.

VI. Regulatory Impact Analysis

A. Introduction

    HHS has examined the impact of this proposed rule under Executive 
Order 12866 on Regulatory Planning and Review (September 30, 1993), 
Executive Order 13563 on Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review 
(January 18, 2011), the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-
354, September 19, 1980), the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 
(Pub. L. 104-4, March 22, 1995), and Executive Order 13132 on 
Federalism (August 4, 1999).
    Executive Order 12866 directs agencies to assess all costs and 
benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is 
necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits 
(including potential economic, environmental, public health, and safety 
effects; distributive impacts; and equity). Executive Order 13563 is 
supplemental to and reaffirms the principles, structures, and 
definitions governing regulatory review as established in Executive 
Order 12866. HHS expects that this proposed rule will have an annual 
effect on the economy of $100 million or more in at least 1 year and 
therefore is a significant regulatory action as defined by Executive 
Order 12866.
    The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) requires agencies that issue a 
regulation to analyze options for regulatory relief of small businesses 
if a rule has a significant impact on a substantial number of small 
entities. The RFA generally defines a ``small entity'' as (1) a 
proprietary firm meeting the size standards of the Small Business 
Administration; (2) a nonprofit organization that is not dominant in 
its field; or (3) a small government jurisdiction with a population of 
less than 50,000 (States and individuals are not included in the 
definition of ``small entity''). HHS considers a rule to have a 
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities 
if at least 5 percent of small entities experience an impact of more 
than 3 percent of revenue. HHS anticipates that the proposed rule will 
not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
entities. We provide supporting analysis in section F.
    Section 202(a) of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 requires 
that agencies prepare a written statement, which includes an assessment 
of anticipated costs and benefits, before proposing ``any rule that 
includes any Federal mandate that may result in the expenditure by 
State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the 
private sector, of $100,000,000 or more (adjusted annually for 
inflation) in any one year.'' The current threshold after adjustment 
for inflation is $144 million, using the most current (2014) implicit 
price deflator for the gross domestic product. HHS expects this 
proposed rule to result in expenditures that would exceed this amount.
    Executive Order 13132 establishes certain requirements that an 
agency must meet when it promulgates a rule that imposes substantial 
direct requirement costs on State and local governments or has 
federalism implications. HHS has determined that the proposed rule, if 
finalized, would not contain policies that would have substantial 
direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the Federal 
Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and 
responsibilities among the various levels of government. The proposed 
changes in the rule represent the Federal Government regulating its own 
program. Accordingly, HHS concludes that the proposed rule does not 
contain policies that have federalism implications as defined in 
Executive Order 13132 and, consequently, a federalism summary impact 
statement is not required.

B. Summary of the Proposed Rule

    Section 303(g)(2) of the CSA (21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)) allows 
individual practitioners to dispense and prescribe Schedule III, IV, or 
V controlled substances that have been approved by the FDA specifically 
for use in maintenance and detoxification treatment without obtaining 
the separate registration required by 21 CFR 1301.13(e) and imposes a 
limit on the

[[Page 17650]]

number of patients a practitioner may treat at any one time.
    Section 303(g)(2)(B)(iii) of the CSA allows qualified practitioners 
who file an initial NOI to treat a maximum of 30 patients at a time. 
After one year, the practitioner may file a second NOI indicating his/
her intent to treat up to 100 patients at a time. To qualify, the 
practitioner must be a practitioner, possess a valid license to 
practice medicine, be a registrant of the DEA, have the capacity to 
refer patients for appropriate counseling and other appropriate 
ancillary services, and have completed required training. The training 
requirement may be satisfied in several ways: One may hold subspecialty 
board certification in addiction psychiatry from the American Board of 
Medical Specialties or addiction medicine from the American Osteopathic 
Association; hold an addiction certification from the American Society 
of Addiction Medicine (ASAM); complete an 8-hour training provided by 
an approved organization; have participated as an investigator in one 
or more clinical trials leading to the approval of a medication that 
qualifies to be prescribed under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2); or complete other 
training or have such other experience as the state medical licensing 
board or Secretary of HHS considers to demonstrate the ability of the 
practitioner to treat and manage persons with opioid use disorder.
    Pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(B)(iii), the Secretary is 
authorized to promulgate regulations that change the total number of 
patients that a practitioner may treat at any one time.
    The laws pertaining to the utilization of buprenorphine were last 
revised approximately ten years ago at a time when the extent of the 
opioid public health crisis was less well-documented. The purpose of 
the proposed rule is to expand access to MAT with buprenorphine while 
encouraging practitioners administering buprenorphine to ensure their 
patients can receive the full array of services that comprise evidence-
based MAT and to minimize the risk of drug diversion. The proposed rule 
would revise the highest patient limit from 100 patients per 
practitioner with an existing waiver (waivered practitioner) to 200 
patients for practitioners who meet certain criteria in addition to 
those established in statute. Practitioners who have had a waiver to 
treat 100 patients for at least one year could obtain approval to treat 
up to 200 patients if they meet the requirements defined in this 
proposed rule and after submitting a Request for Patient Limit Increase 
to SAMHSA. Practitioners approved to treat up to 200 patients will also 
be required to accept greater responsibility for providing behavioral 
health services and care coordination, and ensuring quality assurance 
and improvement practices, diversion control, and continuity of care in 
emergencies. The higher limit will also carry with it the duty to 
regularly reaffirm the practitioner's ongoing eligibility and to 
participate in data reporting and monitoring as required by SAMHSA. In 
addition, practitioners in good standing with a current waiver to treat 
up to 100 patients (i.e., the practitioner has filed a NOI and 
satisfied all required criteria) may request approval to treat up to 
200 patients in specific emergency situations for a limited time period 
specified in the rule. We anticipate that qualifying emergency 
situations will occur very infrequently. As a result, we do not 
anticipate that this provision will contribute significantly to the 
impact of this proposed rule. SAMHSA will review all emergency 
situation requests, to the extent practicable, in consultation with 
appropriate governmental authorities before such requests are granted. 
Finally, the proposed rule defines patient limit in such a way that 
firmly ties the individual patient to the prescribing practitioner of 
record rather than to the covering practitioner at a given moment. This 
will enable waivered practitioners to provide reciprocal cross-coverage 
of patients for brief periods, such as weekends or vacations, without 
being considered to be in excess of their respective individual limits. 
Although this is a positive aspect of the proposed rule and will help 
to ensure continuity of care in select situations, we expect that this 
will primarily affect the timing of treatment rather than the quantity 
of treatment. As a result, we do not anticipate that this change will 
contribute significantly to the impact of this proposed rule, and we do 
not estimate the associated costs and benefits.

C. Need for the Proposed Rule

    The United States is facing an unprecedented increase in 
prescription opioid abuse, heroin use and opioid-related overdose 
deaths. In 2014, 18,893 overdose deaths involved prescription opioids 
and 10,574 involved heroin.\57\ Underlying many of these deaths is an 
untreated opioid use disorder.58 59 60 In 2014, more than 
2.2 million people met diagnostic criteria for an opioid use 
disorder.\61\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \57\ Center for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center 
for Health Statistics, National Vital Statistics System, Mortality 
File. (2015). Number and Age-Adjusted Rates of Drug-poisoning Deaths 
Involving Opioid Analgesics and Heroin: United States, 2000-2014. 
Atlanta, GA: Center for Disease Control and Prevention. Available at 
http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/health_policy/AADR_drug_poisoning_involving_OA_Heroin_US_2000-2014.pdf.
    \58\ Johnson EM, Lanier WA, Merrill RM, et al. Unintentional 
Prescription opioid-related overdose deaths: description of 
decedents by next of kin or best contact, Utah, 2008-2009. J Gen 
Intern Med. 2013;28(4):522-529.
    \59\ Hall AJ, Logan JE, Toblin RL, et al. Patterns of abuse 
among unintentional pharmaceutical overdose fatalities. JAMA. 
2008;300(22):2613-2620.
    \60\ Bohnert AS, Valenstein M, Bair MJ, et al. Association 
between opioid prescribing patterns and opioid overdose-related 
deaths. JAMA. 2011;305(13):1315-1321.
    \61\ Jones CM. Unpublished analysis of the 2014 National Survey 
on Drug Use and Health Public Use File. 2015.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Beyond the increase in overdose deaths, the health and economic 
consequences of opioid use disorders are substantial. In 2011, the most 
recent year data are available, an estimated 660,000 emergency 
department visits were due to the misuse or abuse of prescription 
opioids, heroin, or both.\62\ A recent analysis estimated the costs 
associated with emergency department and hospital inpatient care for 
opioid abuse-related events in the United States was more than $9 
billion per year.\63\ The societal costs of prescription opioid abuse, 
dependence, and misuse in the United States in 2011 were estimated at 
$55.7 billion annually, not including societal costs related to heroin 
use.\64\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \62\ Id..
    \63\ Chandwani HS, Strassels SA, Rascati KL, Lawson KA, Wilson 
JP. Estimates of charges associated with emergency department and 
hospital inpatient care for opioid abuse-related events. J Pain 
Palliat Care Pharmacother. 2013;27(3):206-13.
    \64\ Birnhaum HG, White AG, Schiller M, Waldman T, et al. 
Societal costs of prescription opioid abuse, dependence, and misuse 
in the United States. Pain Med. 2011;12(4):657-67.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Beginning around 2006, the United States started to experience a 
significant increase in the rate of hepatitis C virus infections. The 
available epidemiology indicates this increase is largely due to the 
increased injection of prescription opioids and heroin.65 66 
In addition, in 2015, a large outbreak of HIV in a small rural 
community in Indiana was linked to injection of prescription opioids, 
primarily injection of the prescription opioid oxymorphone. Over 80 
percent

[[Page 17651]]

of the 135 cases, as of April 2015, identified in the outbreak were co-
infected with hepatitis C virus.\67\ The infectious disease 
consequences associated with opioid injection have been found to 
account for a substantial proportion of the economic burden and 
disability associated with opioid use disorders.\68\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \65\ Suryaprasad AG, White JZ, Xu F, et al. Emerging epidemic of 
hepatitis C virus infections among young nonurban persons who inject 
drugs in the United States, 2006-2012. Clin Infect Dis 2014;59:1411-
9.
    \66\ Zibbell JE, Iqbal K, Patel RC, Suryaprasad A, et al. 
Increases in hepatitis C virus infection related to injection drug 
use related to injection drug use among persons aged <=30 years--
Kentucky, Tennessee, Virginia, and West Virginia, 2006-2012. MMWR 
Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2015;64(17):453-8.
    \67\ Conrad, supra note 17.
    \68\ Degenhardt L, Whiteford HA, Ferrari AJ, Charlson FJ, et al. 
Global burden of disease attributable to illicit drug use and 
dependence: findings from the Global Burden of Disease Study 2010. 
Lancet 2013;382(9904):1564-74.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    There is robust literature documenting the effectiveness and cost-
effectiveness of the use of buprenorphine in the treatment of opioid 
use disorder. Buprenorphine has been shown to increase treatment 
retention and to reduce opioid use, relapse risk, and risk behaviors 
that transmit HIV and hepatitis.69 70 71 72 73 74 Reductions 
in opioid-related mortality also have been shown for 
buprenorphine.75 76 77
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \69\ Clark RE, Baxter JD, Aweh G, O'Connell E, et al. Risk 
factors for relapse and higher costs among Medicaid members with 
opioid dependence or abuse: opioid agonists, comorbidities, and 
treatment history. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2015;57:75-80.
    \70\ Mattick RP, Breen C, Kimber J, Davoli M. Buprenorphine 
maintenance versus placebo or methadone maintenance for opioid 
dependence. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014 Feb 6;2:CD002207. doi: 
10.1002/14651858.CD002207.pub4.
    \71\ Kraus ML, Alford DP, Kotz MM, et al. Statement of the 
American Society of Addiction Medicine consensus panel on the use of 
buprenorphine in office-based treatment of opioid addiction. J 
Addict Med. 2011;5 (4):254-263.
    \72\ Bonhomme J, Shim RS, Gooden R, Tyus D, Rust G. Opioid 
addiction and abuse in primary care practice: a comparison of 
methadone and buprenorphine as treatment options. J Natl Med Assoc. 
2012;104(7-8):342-350.
    \73\ Tsui JI, Evans JL, Lum PJ, Hahn JA, Page K. Association of 
opioid agonist therapy with lower incidence of hepatitis C virus 
infection in young adult injection drug users. JAMA Intern Med. 
2014;174(12):1974-1981.
    \74\ Woody GE, Bruce D, Korthuis PT, Chhatre S, et al. HIV risk 
reduction with buprenorphine-naloxone or methadone: findings from a 
randomized trial. J Acuir Immune Defic Syndr. 2015;68(5):554-61.
    \75\ Clark RE, Samnaliev M, Baxter JD, Leung GY. The evidence 
doesn't justify steps by state Medicaid programs to restrict opioid 
addiction treatment with buprenorphine. Health Aff (Millwood). 
2011;30(8):1425-1433.
    \76\ Schwartz RP, Gryczynski J, O'Grady KE, et al. Opioid 
agonist treatments and heroin overdose deaths in Baltimore, 
Maryland, 1995-2009. Am J Public Health. 2013;103(5):917-922.
    \77\ Carrieri MP, Amass L, Lucas GM, Vlahov D, Wodak A, Woody 
GE. Buprenorphine use: the international experience. Clin Infect 
Dis. 2006;43(suppl 4):S197-S215.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Despite these well-documented benefits, buprenorphine treatment for 
opioid use disorder is significantly underutilized and often does not 
incorporate the full scope of recommended clinical practices that make 
up evidence-based MAT. Generally, there is significant unmet need for 
MAT treatment among individuals with opioid use disorders.\78\ There is 
also substantial geographic variation in the capacity to prescribe 
buprenorphine. Research suggests that 10 percent of the population live 
in areas where there is a shortage of practitioners eligible to 
prescribe buprenorphine or in counties that have no practitioners with 
a waiver to prescribe buprenorphine.\79\ These are primarily rural 
counties and areas located in the middle of the country.\80\ Only about 
5 percent of practitioners with the 100 patient limit are located in 
rural counties.\81\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \78\ Jones, supra note 53.
    \79\ Rosenblatt RA, Andrilla CH, Catlin M, Larson EH. Geographic 
and specialty distribution of US physicians trained to treat opioid 
use disorder. Ann Fam Med. 2015 Jan-Feb;13(1):23-6. doi: 10.1370/
afm.1735.
    \80\ Dick AW, Pacula RL, Gordon A.J, Sorbero M, et al. Growth in 
buprenorphine waivers for physicians increased potential access to 
opioid agonist treatment, 2002-11. Health Affairs 2015;34(6):1028-
1034.
    \81\ Stein BD, Pacula RL, Gordon AJ, Burns RM, et al. Where is 
buprenorphine dispensed to treat opioid use disorders? The role of 
private offices, opioid treatment programs, and substance abuse 
treatment facilities in urban and rural counties. Milbank Quarterly 
2015;93(3):56561-583.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Evidence suggests that utilization of buprenorphine is limited 
directly by the existence of treatment caps. Practitioners currently 
providing MAT with buprenorphine under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2) report that 
being limited to treating not more than 100 patients at a time is a 
barrier to expanding treatment.82 83 84 A recent survey by 
ASAM found that among the 1,309 respondents (approximately 35 percent 
of ASAM's membership), comprising a range of addiction stakeholders, 
including those working in OTPs and outpatient or office-based practice 
settings, 544, or 41.6 percent, were currently treating more than 80 
patients, and 796, or 60.8 percent, reported there was demand for 
treatment in excess of the current 100 patient limit under the Drug 
Addiction Treatment Act of 2000 (Pub. L. 106-310).\85\ Increasing the 
number of patients that a single practitioner can treat with 
buprenorphine, then, could have a direct impact on buprenorphine 
capacity and utilization.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \82\ Molfenter T, Sherbeck C, Zehner M, Starr S. Buprenorphine 
Prescribing Availability in a Sample of Ohio Specialty Treatment 
Organizations. J Addict Behav Ther Rehabil. 2015;4(2). pii: 1000140.
    \83\ Molfenter T, Sherbeck C, Zehner M, Quanbeck A, et al. 
Implementing buprenorphine in addiction treatment: payer and 
provider perspectives in Ohio. Subst Abuse Treat Prev Policy. 
2015;10:13. doi: 10.1186/s13011-015-0009-2.
    \84\ Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, 
supra note 49.
    \85\ American Society of Addiction Medicine. 2015. Available at: 
http://www.asam.org/magazine/read/article/2015/12/08/addiction-specialists-weigh-in-on-the-data-2000-patient-limits.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In addition to direct barriers to treating additional patients 
imposed by the patient limit, there are indirect barriers to expanding 
treatment capacity. In particular, increases in a practitioner's 
ability to expand his or her patient base will allow the practitioner 
to take advantage of economies of scale to increase the practice's 
efficiency. For example, a practitioner with a larger practice is more 
likely to be able to afford to hire specialized support staff, which 
allows the practitioner to reduce time spent on tasks best suited for 
another individual. This may help to enable the provision of the full 
complement of ancillary services that make up evidence-based MAT. 
Increasing a practitioner's maximum capacity for treatment has the 
potential to make treating patients with buprenorphine more 
economically feasible, which furthers the argument that these proposed 
changes will increase capacity to prescribe buprenorphine.
    The statutory change implemented in 2007 that increased the limit 
on the number of buprenorphine patients a practitioner could treat from 
30 to 100, after having a 30 patient limit for 1 year, was associated 
with a significant increase in the use of buprenorphine.\86\ In 2007, 
when practitioners were first able to treat up to 100 patients, nearly 
25 percent of eligible practitioners submitted a NOI to treat 100 
patients (1,937 practitioners out of 7,887 practitioners).\87\ The 
findings from the ASAM survey discussed above and additional 
information indicate there is sufficient demand from both providers and 
patients to raise the patient limit. In addition, based on the 
experience in 2007, it is expected that some proportion of eligible 
practitioners will respond to the proposed rule by submitting a Request 
for Patient Limit Increase to treat up to 200 patients.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \86\ Stein supra note 82.
    \87\ Jones, supra note 53.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

D. Analysis of Benefits and Costs

a. Increased Ability for Waivered Practitioners To Treat Patients With 
Buprenorphine-Based MAT
    This proposed rule directly expands opportunities for physicians 
who currently treat or who may treat patients with buprenorphine, as 
they will now have the potential to treat up to 200 patients with 
buprenorphine. We believe that this may translate to a

[[Page 17652]]

financial opportunity for these physicians, depending on the costs 
associated with treating these additional patients.
    Relatedly, this proposed rule may increase the value of the waiver 
to treat opioid use disorder under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2). The proposed 
rule would require practitioners to have a waiver to treat 100 patients 
for 1 year and to have a subspecialty board certification in addiction 
medicine, a subspecialty board certification in addiction psychiatry, 
or to practice in a qualified practice setting as defined in the rule 
in order to request approval to treat 200 patients. If getting to the 
200-patient limit provides sufficient benefits to practitioners, this 
proposed rule may also increase incentives for other practitioners to 
apply for the lower patient limit waivers, insofar as they are 
milestones towards the 200-patient cap. In addition, this rule may also 
make it more valuable for practitioners to have subspecialty board 
certifications in addiction medicine and addiction psychiatry, or to 
practice in a qualified practice setting. The proposed rule, then, may 
increase the number of practitioners in these categories and thus the 
number of practitioners eligible for the 200 patient limit in the 
future.
b. Increased Treatment for Patients
    Permitting practitioners to treat up to 200 patients will only be 
successful if it results in practitioners serving additional patients. 
As discussed previously, there are many reasons to expect this to 
happen as a result of finalization of this proposed rule. In addition, 
we expect that other factors could amplify the impact of the changes 
proposed in the rule. First, following the implementation of the 
Affordable Care Act, health insurance coverage has expanded 
dramatically in the United States. The uninsured rate among adults age 
18-64 declined from 22.3 percent in 2010 to 12.7 percent during the 
first 6 months of 2015.\88\ Further, the Affordable Care Act expanded 
coverage includes populations at high-risk for opioid use disorders 
that previously did not have sufficient access to health insurance 
coverage.\89\ Second, parity protections from the Mental Health Parity 
and Addiction Equity Act and the Affordable Care Act will include 
coverage for mental health and substance use disorder treatment that is 
comparable to medical and surgical coverage in many types of insurance 
policies. Insurance coverage and cost of treatment are often cited as 
important reasons that individuals seeking treatment have not used 
buprenorphine.90 91 92 93 A NPRM to extend parity 
protections to Medicaid managed care was released in the spring of 
2015. These changes in health insurance coverage should improve access 
to substance use disorder treatment, including buprenorphine.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \88\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Health 
insurance coverage: early release of estimates from the National 
Health Interview Survey, January-June 2015. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nhis/earlyrelease/insur201511.pdf.
    \89\ Jones, supra note 53.
    \90\ Volkow, supra note 38.
    \91\ Sohler NL, Weiss L, Egan JE, et al. Consumer attitudes 
about opioid addiction treatment: a focus group study in New York 
City. J Opioid Manag. 2013;9(2):111-119.
    \92\ . Greenfield BL, Owens MD, Ley D. Opioid use in 
Albuquerque, New Mexico: a needs assessment of recent changes and 
treatment availability. Addict Sci Clin Pract. 2014;9:10. doi: 
10.1186/1940-0640-9-10.
    \93\ American Society of Addiction Medicine. State Medicaid 
coverage and authorization requirements for opioid dependence 
medications. 2013. Available at: http://www.asam.org/docs/advocacy/Implications-for-Opioid-Addiction-Treatment.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

c. Increased Time To Treat Patients
    Lack of practitioner time to treat patients with opioid use 
disorder, which includes a patient exam, medication consultation, 
counseling, and other appropriate treatment services, and lack of 
behavioral health staff to provide these ancillary services, are 
additional barriers to providing MAT with buprenorphine in the office-
based setting.94 95 These barriers could be addressed by 
leveraging the time and skills of clinical support staff, such as 
nurses and clinical social workers. For example, in Massachusetts and 
Vermont, nurses provide screening, intake, education, and other 
ancillary services for patients treated with buprenorphine. This 
enables practitioners to treat additional patients and to provide the 
requisite psychosocial services.96 97 98 However, in order 
to afford a nurse or other clinician dedicated to providing evidence-
based treatment for an opioid use disorder, practitioners need a 
minimum volume of patients. Allowing practitioners to treat up to 200 
patients at a time would be a step towards supporting practitioners 
that seek to hire nurses and other clinical staff to reduce 
practitioners' time requirements and to provide the ancillary services 
of high-quality MAT with buprenorphine. This impact of leveraging non-
physicians to facilitate expanded access to buprenorphine has been 
demonstrated in both Vermont and Massachusetts.99 100
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \94\ Hutchinson E, Catlin M, Andrilla CH, Baldwin LM, Rosenblatt 
RA. Barriers to primary care physicians prescribing buprenorphine. 
Ann Fam Med. 2014 Mar-Apr;12(2):128-33.
    \95\ DeFlavio JR, Rolin SA, Nordstrom BR, Kazal LA Jr. Analysis 
of barriers to adoption of buprenorphine maintenance therapy by 
family physicians. Rural RemoteHealth. 2015;15:3019. Epub 2015 Feb 
4.
    \96\ Alford D, LaBelle C, Richardson J, O'Connell J, et al. 
Treating homeless opioid dependent patients with buprenorphine in an 
office-based setting. Society of General Internal Medicine. 2007; 
22: 171-176.
    \97\ Labelle, C. Nurse Care Manager Model. http://buprenorphine.samhsa.gov/presentations/LaBelle.pdf.
    \98\ State of Vermont: Concept for Medicaid Health Home Program 
http://hcr.vermont.gov/sites/hcr/files/VT_SPA_Concept_Paper_final_CMS_10_02_12.pdf.
    \99\ LaBelle CT, Han SC, Bergeron A, Samet JH. Office-Based 
Opioid Treatment with Buprenorphine (OBOT-B): Statewide 
Implementation of the Massachusetts Collaborative Care Model in 
Community Health Centers. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2016;60:6-13.
    \100\ Vermont Department of Health. The effectiveness of 
Vermont's System of Opioid Addiction Treatment. 2015. Available at: 
http://legislature.vermont.gov/assets/Legislative-Reports/Opioid-system-effectiveness-1.14.15.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Discussions with stakeholders about approaches to expanding access 
to MAT, including the use of buprenorphine-based MAT, suggest that 
expanding the patient limit in general will result in increased 
efficiencies in treating opioid use disorder patients. It will allow 
treating practitioners to provide the physician-appropriate services 
consistent with their waiver. It will provide more efficient supportive 
care, not related to prescribing or administering buprenorphine-
containing products, by allowing the treating practitioner to supervise 
this care, which can be provided by physician assistants, nurse 
practitioners, nurse case managers, and other behavioral health 
specialists.
d. Federal Costs Associated With Disseminating Information About the 
Rule
    Following publication of a final rule that builds upon this 
proposal and public comments, SAMHSA will work to educate providers 
about the requirements and opportunities for requesting and obtaining 
approval to treat up to 200 patients under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2). SAMHSA 
will prepare materials summarizing the changes as a result of the final 
rule, and provide these materials to practitioners potentially affected 
by the rulemaking upon publication of the final rule. SAMHSA has 
already established channels for disseminating information about rule 
changes to stakeholders, it is estimated that preparing and 
disseminating these materials will cost approximately $40,000, based 
upon experience soliciting public comment on past rules and 
publications such as

[[Page 17653]]

the Federal Opioid Treatment Program Standards.
e. Practitioners Costs To Evaluate the Policy Change
    We expect that, if this proposed rule is finalized, practitioners 
potentially affected by this proposed policy change will process the 
information and decide how to respond. In particular, they will likely 
evaluate the requirements and opportunities associated with the ability 
to treat up to 200 patients, and decide whether or not it is 
advantageous to pursue approval to treat up to 200 patients and make 
any necessary changes to their practice, such as obtaining subspecialty 
board certifications in either addiction medicine or addiction 
psychiatry, or the ability to treat patients in a qualified practice 
setting.
    We estimate that practitioners may spend an average of thirty 
minutes processing the information and deciding what action to take. 
According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics,\101\ the average 
hourly wage for a physician is $93.74. After adjusting upward by 100 
percent to account for overhead and benefits, we estimate that the per-
hour cost of a physician's time is $187.48. Thus, the cost per 
practitioner to process this information and decide upon a course of 
action is estimated to be $93.74. SAMHSA will disseminate information 
to an estimated 50,000 practitioners, which includes practitioners with 
a waiver to prescribe buprenorphine (i.e., approximately 30,000 
practitioners as of December 2015) and those who are reached through 
SAMHSA's dissemination network (i.e., 20,000 practitioners). For 
purposes of analysis we assume that 75 percent of these practitioners 
will review this information, and, as a result, we estimate that 
dissemination will result in a total cost of $3.5 million.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \101\ U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. National Occupational 
Employment and Wage Estimates. Retrieved from: http://www.bls.gov/oes/current/oes_nat.htm#29-0000.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

f. Practitioner Costs To Submit a Request for Patient Limit Increase
    Practitioners who want to treat up to 200 patients at a given time 
are required to submit a Request for Patient Limit Increase form to 
SAMHSA. The proposed form is three pages in length. We estimate that 
the form takes a practitioner an average of 1 hour to complete the 
first time it is completed, implying a cost of $187.48 per submission 
after adjusting upward by 100 percent to account for overhead and 
benefits. A draft Request for Patient Limit Increase form is available 
in the docket. We seek comment on our assumptions regarding the time 
required to complete the form.
    We do not have ideal information with which to estimate the number 
of practitioners who will submit a Request for Patient Limit Increase 
form in response to this proposed rule, and we therefore acknowledge 
uncertainty regarding the estimate of the total associated cost. 
However, based on the experience with the patient limit increase from 
30 to 100 implemented in 2007 102 103, the results of the 
2015 ASAM survey described earlier, and discussions with stakeholders, 
we estimate that between 500 and 1,800 practitioners will request 
approval to treat 200 patients within the first year of the proposed 
rule. We estimate that between 100 and 300 additional practitioners 
will request approval to treat 200 patients in each of the subsequent 4 
years. This would result in 600 to 2,100 practitioners in the second 
year, 700 to 2,400 practitioners in the third year, 800 to 2,700 in the 
fourth year, and 900 to 3,000 practitioners in the fifth year. We use 
the midpoint of each of these ranges to estimate costs and benefits in 
the first 5 years following publication of the final rule. This would 
result in a range of $93,740 to $337,464 in costs related to Request 
for Patient Limit Increase submissions in the first year. We seek 
comment on information which will allow us to refine our estimate of 
the number of practitioners who will submit a Request for Patient Limit 
Increase in response to this proposed rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \102\ Arfken, supra note 54.
    \103\ Jones, supra note 53.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Number of
                                           requests for
                                           patient limit     Cost ($)
                                             increase
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year 1..................................           1,150        $215,600
Year 2-5................................             200          37,500
                                         -------------------------------
    Total...............................           1,950         365,600
------------------------------------------------------------------------

g. Practitioner Costs To Resubmit a Request for Patient Limit Increase
    After approval, a practitioner would need to resubmit a Request for 
Patient Limit Increase every 3 years to maintain his or her waiver to 
treat up to 200 patients. A practitioner would use the same 3-page 
Request for Patient Limit Increase used for an initial waiver request. 
We estimate that this will take 30 minutes because practitioners will 
be more familiar with the Request for Patient Limit Increase. 
Consistent with the physician wage estimate above, we estimate that 
resubmissions will require a practitioner an average of 30 minutes to 
complete, implying a cost of $93.74 per resubmission. To calculate 
costs associated with resubmission, we assume that all physicians who 
submit a Request for Patient Limit Increase will submit a renewal 3 
years later. Our estimates are summarized in the table below.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Number of
                                             renewals        Cost ($)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year 1-3................................               0               0
Year 4..................................           1,150        $108,000
Year 5..................................             200          19,000
                                         -------------------------------
    Total...............................           1,350         127,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 17654]]

h. Private-Sector Costs Associated With Newly Applying for Any Waiver
    Practitioners may also be interested in the ability to eventually 
treat up to 200 patients, and may make changes toward achieving that 
goal. As discussed previously, these proposed changes may increase the 
number of practitioners who apply for a waiver to treat 30 or 100 
patients. This would require practitioners to complete the required 
training, possess a valid license to practice medicine, be a registrant 
of DEA, and have the capacity to refer patients for appropriate 
counseling and other appropriate ancillary services. In addition, these 
proposed changes could increase the number of practitioners who seek 
subspecialty board certifications in either addiction medicine or 
addiction psychiatry or meet the requirements for practicing in a 
qualified practice setting as outlined in the proposed rule. This would 
likely include practice experience requirements, fees and time 
associated with preparing for and taking an exam, time and fees for 
continuing medical education requirements, and payment of certification 
fees.
    We do not have information to estimate the number of practitioners 
who will change behavior along these dimensions in response to this 
proposed rule. We seek comment on information which will allow us to 
estimate the number of practitioners who would apply to treat 
additional patients, the number who will seek additional subspecialty 
board certifications, and the number who will move toward meeting the 
requirements for treating in a qualified practice setting in response 
to the proposed changes.
i. Federal Costs Associated With Processing New 200 Patient Limit 
Waivers
    In addition to the costs associated with practitioners seeking 
approval for the higher patient limit, costs will be incurred by SAMHSA 
and DEA in order to process the additional Requests For Patient Limit 
Increase generated by the proposed rule. For purposes of analysis, and 
based on contractor estimates, SAMHSA estimates that it will pay a 
contractor $100 to process each waiver. As discussed previously, we 
estimate that between 500 and 1,800 practitioners will request approval 
to treat 200 patients within the first year of the rule, and between 
100 and 300 additional practitioners will request approval to treat 200 
patients in each of the subsequent 4 years. In addition, we estimate 
that physicians will resubmit 500 to 1,800 renewals in year 4, and 100 
to 300 renewals in year 5. As a result, we estimate costs to SAMHSA to 
process these waivers of $50,000-$180,000 in year 1, $10,000-$30,000 in 
year 2, $10,000-$30,000 in year 3, $60,000-$210,000 in year 4, and 
$20,000-$60,000 in year 5 following publication of the final rule. We 
estimate that DEA will allocate the equivalent of 1 FTE at the GS-11 
level to process the additional requests coming to DEA for issuance of 
a new DEA number designating the provider as eligible to prescribe 
buprenorphine for the treatment of opioid use disorder as a result of 
this proposed rule. We estimate the associated cost is $144,238, which 
we arrive at by multiplying the salary of a GS-11 employee at step 5, 
which is $72,219 in 2015, by two to account for overhead and benefits.
j. Costs of New Treatment
    Once requests to treat up to 200 patients generated by the proposed 
rule are processed, approved practitioners would be able to increase 
the number of patients they treat with buprenorphine. These patients, 
then, could utilize additional medical services that are consistent 
with the expectations for high-quality, evidence-based MAT proposed in 
the rule. We estimate the cost for buprenorphine and these additional 
medical services, including behavioral health and psychosocial 
services, as a result of the proposed rule to total $4,349 per patient 
per year, as described below.
    This estimate was derived using claims data from the 2009-2014 
Truven Health MarketScan[supreg] database. According to the 
MarketScan[supreg] data, the annual cost of buprenorphine prescriptions 
and ancillary services received totaled $3,500 for individuals with 
private insurance and $3,410 for individuals with Medicaid. 
Specifically, the average annual cost of buprenorphine prescriptions 
was $2,100 for commercial insurance based on receipt of an average of 
seven buprenorphine prescriptions annually and $2,600 for Medicaid 
based on receipt of an average of 10 buprenorphine prescriptions 
annually.
    According to the MarketScan[supreg] data, approximately 69 percent 
of Medicaid patients and 45 percent of privately insured patients 
received an outpatient psychosocial service related to substance use 
disorder in addition to their buprenorphine prescription. The average 
number of visits among those who received any psychosocial service was 
eight for privately insured patients at an average cost of $3,000 per 
year and 10 for Medicaid patients at an average cost of $1,100 per 
year. We assumed that the quality of care would increase among patients 
treated by practitioners with the 200-patient limit due to the extra 
oversight and quality of care requirements in the proposed rule. 
Specifically, we assumed that 80 percent of patients would receive 
outpatient psychosocial services. This would raise the cost of 
providing MAT with buprenorphine to $4,590 for commercial insurance and 
$3,525 for Medicaid beneficiaries. Based on data from IMS Health, it is 
estimated that approximately 18 percent of individuals receiving MAT 
with buprenorphine are Medicaid enrollees. Thus, we arrived at the 
estimated average cost for individuals new to the treatment system as a 
result of the proposed rule to be $4,349 per patient per year.
    The total resource costs associated with additional treatment is 
the product of additional treatment costs per person and the number of 
people who will receive additional treatment as a result of the 
proposed rule. For purposes of analysis, we assume that each 
practitioner who requests approval to treat 200 patients will treat 
between 20 and 40 additional patients each year. This is based on our 
experience with the increase from the 30 patient limit to the 100 
patient limit.104 105 We note that in that case, there were 
no new costs imposed on practitioners beyond those associated with 
additional treatment, whereas in this proposed rule there are new costs 
beyond those associated with additional treatment. However, applying 
this assumption would result in an estimated range of 10,000 to 72,000 
additional patients treated in the first year; and an additional 2,000 
to 12,000 patients in each subsequent year. To estimate costs 
associated with this increase in the number of patients, we assume 
that, on average, each physician will treat the equivalent of 30 full-
time patients (i.e., some patients might receive fewer services and 
others might receive more, but for cost estimates we assume it averages 
out to the equivalent of 30 patients receiving the full spectrum of 
care).We use these ranges to estimate costs and benefits of the rule as 
proposed. Based on this information, we estimate the treatment costs 
associated with new patients receiving treatment with buprenorphine as 
a result of this proposed rule will be between $43.5 million and $313 
million in the first year with a central estimate of $150 million, and 
an additional $8.7 million to $52.2 million in each subsequent year 
with a central estimate of $26.1 million. We seek comment on 
information which

[[Page 17655]]

will allow us to refine our efforts to quantify the number of people 
who may receive additional treatment with buprenorphine as a result of 
this proposed rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \104\ Arfken, supra note 54.
    \105\ Jones, supra note 53.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Additional
                                              people         Treatment
                                             receiving         costs
                                             treatment      (Millions)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year 1..................................          34,500            $150
Year 2..................................          40,500             176
Year 3..................................          46,500             202
Year 4..................................          52,500             228
Year 5..................................          58,500             254
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Evidence suggests that the benefits associated with additional 
buprenorphine utilization are likely to exceed their cost. One study 
estimated the costs and Quality Adjusted Life Year (QALY) gains 
associated with long-term office-based treatment with buprenorphine-
naloxone for clinically stable opioid-dependent patients compared to no 
treatment. The authors estimate total treatment costs over 2 years of 
$7,700 and an associated 0.22 QALY gain compared to no treatment in 
their base case.106 107. Following a food safety rule 
recently published by FDA,\108\ we use a value of $1,260 per quality-
adjusted life day. This implies a value of $460,215 ($1,260 *365.25) 
per QALY, which we use to monetize the health benefits here. As a 
result, we estimate average annual benefits ranges of $51,000 per 
person who achieves 6 months of clinical stability. In the absence of 
data on the percentage of patients newly receiving buprenorphine 
treatment who would achieve this status, we illustrate the calculation 
of rule-induced benefits using 100 percent as an input. We acknowledge 
that this approach would, all else equal, lead to overestimation of 
health benefits and request comment that would allow for refinement of 
the estimates. As a result, we estimate monetized health benefits of 
$1,747 million in the first year, with estimated monetized health 
benefits rising by $304 million in each subsequent year as more 
individuals receive treatment as a result of the rule. These monetized 
health benefits are summarized below. We acknowledge that this approach 
may underestimate or overestimate health benefits and request comment 
that would allow for refinement of the estimates. We also explore the 
sensitivity of these results to our assumptions regarding the health 
benefits related to treatment in our section on sensitivity analysis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \106\ Schackman BR, Leff JA, Polsky D, Moore BA, Fiellin DA. 
Cost-Effectiveness of Long-Term Outpatient Buprenorphine-Naloxone 
Treatment for Opioid Dependence in Primary Care. Journal of General 
Internal Medicine. 2012;27(6):669-676. doi:10.1007/s11606-011-1962-
8.
    \107\ These results omit lost utility associated with the 
illegal consumption of heroin or other opioids. Such omission is 
consistent with Zerbe, R.O. Is Cost-Benefit Analysis Legal? Three 
Rules. Journal of Policy Analysis and Management 17(3): 419-456, 
1998.
    \108\ This RIA can be found here: http://www.fda.gov/downloads/AboutFDA/ReportsManualsForms/Reports/EconomicAnalyses/UCM472330.pdf

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Additional       Monetized
                                              people          health
                                             receiving       benefits
                                             treatment      (millions)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year 1..................................          34,500          $1,747
Year 2..................................          40,500           2,050
Year 3..................................          46,500           2,354
Year 4..................................          52,500           2,658
Year 5..................................          58,500           2,961
------------------------------------------------------------------------

k. Potential for Diversion
    While we expect many benefits associated with this proposed rule, 
it is possible that there would be unintended negative consequences. 
First, prior research looked at Utah statewide increases in 
buprenorphine use and the number of reported pediatric exposures, and 
found that as buprenorphine use increased between 2002 and 2011, the 
number of unintentional pediatric exposures in the State 
increased.\109\ Thus, it is possible that the increased utilization of 
buprenorphine as a result of this proposed rule without appropriate 
patient counseling and action to ensure the safe use, storage, and 
disposal of buprenorphine, may lead to an increase in unintentional 
pediatric exposures. In addition, there has been an increase in 
diversion of buprenorphine as use of the product has increased. 
According to the National Forensic Laboratory Information System 
(NFLIS)--a system used to track diversion-buprenorphine is the third 
most common narcotic analgesic reported in NFLIS, with 15,209 cases 
reported in 2014. This represents 12.4 percent of all narcotic 
analgesic cases in NFLIS in 2014.\110\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \109\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Buprenorphine 
prescribing practices and exposures reported to a poison center--
Utah, 2002-2011. MMWR 2012;61:997-1001.
    \110\ Drug Enforcement Administration. National Forensic 
Laboratory Information System. 2014 Annual Report. Available at: 
https://www.nflis.deadiversion.usdoj.gov/Reports.aspx.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    It is important to note that studies have found that the motivation 
to divert buprenorphine is often associated with lack of access to 
treatment or using the medication to manage withdrawal--as opposed to 
diversion for the medication's psychoactive effect.111 112 
Thus, the overall effect of this rulemaking on diversion is not clear 
given that the increased utilization of buprenorphine could affect the 
opportunity for diversion, but also could, in some cases, reduce 
diversion because of improved access to high-quality, evidence-based 
buprenorphine treatment.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \111\ Lofwall MR, Havens JR. Inability to access buprenorphine 
treatment as a risk factor for using diverted buprenorphine. Drug 
Alcohol Depend. 2012;126(3):379-83.
    \112\ Genberg BL, Gillespie M, Schuster CR, Johanson CE, et al. 
Prevalence and correlates of street-obtained buprenorphine use among 
current and former injectors in Baltimore, Maryland. Addict Behav. 
2013;38(12):2868-73.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Moreover, to reduce the risk of diversion, one of the additional 
requirements placed on providers who seek the 200 patient limit is 
implementation of a diversion control plan. However, it is possible 
that State and local law enforcement could incur additional costs if 
diversion increases as a result of this proposed rule. We do not have 
sufficient information to estimate the extent to which these unintended 
consequences could occur.
l. Practitioner Reporting Requirements
    Under this proposed rule, as outlined earlier, practitioners 
approved to treat up to 200 patients would have to submit information 
about their practice annually to SAMHSA for purposes of monitoring 
regulatory compliance. The goal of the reporting requirement is to 
ensure that practitioners are providing high-quality, evidence-based 
buprenorphine treatment. It is anticipated that the data for the 
reporting requirement can be pulled directly from an electronic or 
paper health record, and that practitioners would not have to update 
their record-keeping practices after receiving approval to treat 200 
patients. We estimate that compiling and submitting the report would 
require approximately 1 hour of physician time and 2 hours of 
administrative time. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics 
\89\, the average medical and health services manager's hourly pay in 
2014 was $49.84, which corresponds to a cost of $99.68 per hour after 
adjusting upward by 100 percent to account for overhead and benefits. 
Therefore, the cost of this reporting requirement per practitioner 
approved for the 200 patient limit is estimated to be the cost of 1 
hour of a practitioner's time plus an hour of an administrator's time.
    As noted above, using the mid-point estimate, we estimate that 
1,150 practitioners will request a 200-patient waiver in year 1 and 200 
practitioners will request a 200-patient waiver in subsequent years. We 
assume that all of these requests will be approved. The costs 
associated with this reporting

[[Page 17656]]

requirement are reported below. In addition, it is estimated that 
SAMHSA will incur a cost of $100 per practitioner approved for the 200 
patient limit to process the practitioner data reporting requirement. 
These costs are reported below as well.
    DEA may also incur costs in association with this proposed rule if, 
for example, DEA increases the number of site visits they conduct 
because providers are treating more than 100 patients. We tentatively 
assume that DEA will incur no costs as a result of these reporting 
requirements, and we seek comment on this assumption.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Number of
                                                                     physician       Physician     SAMHSA costs
                                                                      reports          costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year 1..........................................................           1,150        $445,000        $115,000
Year 2..........................................................           1,350         522,000         135,000
Year 3..........................................................           1,550         600,000         155,000
Year 4..........................................................           1,750         677,000         175,000
Year 5..........................................................           1,950         754,000         195,000
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

m. Costs Associated With Waiver Requests in Emergencies
    Under the proposed rule, practitioners in good standing with a 
current waiver to treat up to 100 patients may request temporary 
approval to treat up to 200 patients in specific emergency situations. 
As discussed previously, we anticipate that qualifying emergency 
situations will occur very infrequently. We estimate that practitioners 
will request ten of these waivers in each year. We estimate that 
requesting this waiver would require approximately 1 hour of physician 
time and 2 hours of administrative time, and responding to the request 
would require resources approximately equivalent to responding the 
three Requests for Patient Limit Increase submissions, which is $300. 
As a result, we estimate that this requirement is associated with costs 
of approximately $7,000 in each year following publication of the final 
rule. We seek comment on the assumptions in this section.
n. Summary of Impacts
    The proposed rule's impacts will take place over a long period of 
time. As discussed previously, we expect the existence of the waiver to 
treat 200 patients will increase the desirability of waivers to treat 
30 and 100 patients. This implies that more practitioners will work 
toward fulfilling the requirements associated with receiving these 
waivers. Further, this may make practitioners early in their career 
more likely to choose addiction medicine or addiction psychiatry as 
their specialty. All of this implies that the proposed rule will have a 
growing impact on capacity to prescribe buprenorphine as time passes. 
Since the lack of capacity to treat patients using buprenorphine is a 
barrier to its utilization, this suggests that the proposed rule will 
lead to growing increases in the utilization of buprenorphine, and 
growing increases in the associated positive health and economic 
effects.
    The following table presents these costs and benefits over the 
first 5 years of the proposed rule.

                         Accounting Table of Benefits and Costs of All Proposed Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Present value over 5 years by   Annualized value over 5 years
                                                    discount rate (millions of    by discount rate  (millions of
                    BENEFITS                               2014 dollars)                   2014 dollars)
                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     3 Percent       7 Percent       3 Percent       7 Percent
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Quantified Benefits.............................          11,019          10,148           2,336           2,313
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      COSTS                          3 Percent       7 Percent       3 Percent       7 Percent
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Quantified Costs................................             955             880             203             201
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

E. Sensitivity Analysis

    The total estimated benefits of the changes proposed here are 
sensitive to assumptions regarding the number of practitioners who will 
seek a waiver to treat 200 patients as a result of the proposed rule, 
the number of individuals who will receive MAT as a result of the 
proposed rule, the average per-person health benefits associated with 
this additional treatment, and the dollar value of these health 
improvements. We estimate that 500 to 1,800 practitioners will apply 
for a waiver to treat up to 200 patients in the first year, and 100 to 
300 practitioners will apply for a waiver to treat up to 200 patients 
in subsequent years following publication of the final rule, with 
central estimates at the midpoint of each range. For alternative 
estimates in these ranges using a 3 percent discount rate, all else 
equal, we estimate annualized benefits ranging from $1,054 million to 
$3,618 million and annualized costs ranging from $92 million to $313 
million.
    We estimate that practitioners who receive a waiver to treat 200 
patients will treat between 20 and 40 additional patients each year, 
with a central estimate of an average of 30 additional patients. For 
alternative estimates of 20 to 40 additional patients per year, all 
else equal, we estimate annualized benefits using a 3 percent discount 
rate ranging from $1,557 million to $3,115 million over the 5 years 
following implementation.
    We estimate that individuals who receive MAT as a result of the 
proposed rule will experience average health improvements equivalent to 
0.11 QALYs. For alternative estimates of these health improvements 
between 0.06 and 0.16 QALYs, all else equal, we estimate annualized 
benefits using a 3 percent discount rate ranging from $1,274 million to 
$3,398 million over the 5 years following implementation. To estimate 
the dollar value of health benefits, we use a value of approximately 
$460,000 per QALY. For

[[Page 17657]]

alternative values per QALY between $300,000 and $600,000, all else 
equal, we estimate annualized benefits using a 3 percent discount rate 
ranging from $1,523 million to $3,046 million over the 5 years 
following implementation.
    Alternative assumptions along these four dimensions, when varied 
together, using a 3 percent discount rate, imply annualized benefit 
estimates ranging from $250 million to $9,148 million and annualized 
cost estimates ranging from $62 million to $417 million. We note that, 
in all scenarios discussed in this section, annualized benefits 
substantially exceed annualized costs. There are, however, 
uncertainties not reflected in this sensitivity analysis, which might 
lead to net benefits results that are smaller or larger than the range 
of estimates summarized in the following table.

                                Low, High, and Primary Benefit and Cost Estimates
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Annualized Value over 5 Years 3% Discount Rate
                                                                             (Millions of 2014 Dollars)
                            BENEFITS                             -----------------------------------------------
                                                                        Low           Primary          High
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Quantified Benefits.............................................             250           2,336           9,148
Quantified Costs................................................              62             203             417
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

F. Analysis of Regulatory Alternatives

    We carefully considered the option of not pursuing regulatory 
action. However, existing evidence indicates that opioid use disorder 
and its related health consequences is a substantial and increasing 
public health problem in the United States, and it can be addressed by 
increasing access to effective treatment. As discussed previously, the 
lack of sufficient access to treatment is directly affected by the 
existing limit on the number of patients each practitioner with a 
waiver can currently treat using buprenorphine, and removing this 
barrier to access is very likely to increase the provision of this 
treatment. Finally, the provision of MAT with buprenorphine provides 
tremendous benefits to the individual who experiences health gains 
associated with treatment, as well as to society which bears smaller 
costs associated with the negative effects of opioid use disorders. 
These benefits are expected to greatly exceed the costs associated with 
increases in treatment. As a result, we expect the benefits of the 
proposed regulatory action to exceed its costs.
    We also considered allowing practitioners waivered to treat up to 
100 patients to apply for the higher prescribing limit without having 
to meet the specialty board certification or qualified practice setting 
requirements as defined in the proposed rule. One important objective 
of this proposed rule is to expand access while mitigating the risks 
associated with expanded access. In addition, the effects of this rule 
are difficult to project, leading us to adopt a conservative approach 
to increasing access. Given the complexity of the condition, the 
increased potential for diversion associated with a higher prescribing 
limit, and the need to ensure high quality care, it was determined that 
addiction specialist physicians and those with the infrastructure and 
capacity to deliver the full complement of services recommended by 
clinical practice guidelines would be best suited to balance these 
concerns.
    Finally, we considered the alternative of having no reporting 
requirement for physicians with the 200-patient limit. Although this 
alternative would reduce the 1 hour of physician time and 2 hours of 
administrative time estimated for data reporting in our analysis, we 
did not pursue this alternative. The reporting requirements are 
intended to reinforce recommendations included in clinical practice 
guidelines on the delivery of high quality, effective, and safe patient 
care. Specifically, nationally-recognized clinical guidelines on 
office-based opioid treatment with buprenorphine suggest that optimal 
care include administration of the medication and the use of 
psychotherapeutic support services. They also recommend that physicians 
and practices prescribing buprenorphine for the treatment of opioid use 
disorder in the outpatient setting take steps to reduce the likelihood 
of buprenorphine diversion. Each of these tenets is reflected in the 
proposed reporting requirements.

G. Regulatory Flexibility Analysis

    As discussed above, the RFA requires agencies that issue a 
regulation to analyze options for regulatory relief of small entities 
if a rule has a significant impact on a substantial number of small 
entities. The categories of entities affected most by this proposed 
rule will be offices of practitioners and hospitals. We expect that the 
vast majority of these entities will be considered small based on the 
Small Business Administration size standards or non-profit status, and 
assume here that all affected entities are small. According to SAMHSA 
data, as of March 2016 there were 32,123 practitioners with a waiver to 
prescribe buprenorphine for the treatment of opioid use disorder. This 
group of practitioners is most likely to be impacted by the proposed 
rule, but we lack information on the total number of associated 
entities. We acknowledge that some practitioners with a waiver may 
provide services at multiple entities, many entities may employ 
multiple practitioners with a waiver, and some entities currently 
unaffiliated with these practitioners will be impacted by this proposed 
rule. As a result, we estimate that approximately 32,123 small entities 
will be affected by this proposed rule.
    HHS considers a rule to have a significant economic impact on a 
substantial number of small entities if at least 5 percent of small 
entities experience an impact of more than 3 percent of revenue. As 
discussed above, the proposed rule imposes a small burden on entities. 
This burden is primarily associated with processing information 
disseminated by SAMHSA, opting to completing the waiver process to 
treat additional patients, and submitting information after receiving a 
waiver to treat 200 patients, which are estimated to take a maximum of 
4 hours per practitioner in any given year. This represents less than 1 
percent of hours worked for an individual working full-time. Further, 
this proposed rule does not require practitioners to undertake these 
burdens, as this rulemaking does not require practitioners to seek a 
waiver to treat 200 patients. As a result, we anticipate that this 
proposed rule will not have a significant impact on a substantial 
number of small entities. We seek comment on the assumptions used in 
this section, and on the proposed rule's burden on small entities.

[[Page 17658]]

VII. Agency Questions for Comment

    If any of the comments fall under any of the following questions, 
please indicate the question and number with your response.
    (1) Evidence Supporting an Optimal Patient Prescribing Limit--This 
proposed rule is intended to improve patient access to buprenorphine 
for the treatment of opioid use disorder while also minimizing the risk 
of diversion and patient safety concerns. Based on the available 
information, including clinical guideline recommendations and expert 
stakeholder input, HHS is proposing a new 200-patient prescribing 
limit. HHS seeks comment that provides evidence that an alternate 
prescribing limit would be more appropriate than the one proposed in 
this rulemaking.
    (2) Potential New Formulations--The Secretary shall establish a 
process by which patients who are treated with medications covered 
under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(C), and that have features that enhance 
safety or reduce diversion, as determined by the Secretary, may be 
counted differently toward the prescribing limit established in this 
proposed rule. The criteria for determining which if any of these 
medications or reformulations of existing medications may be 
considered, and how these patients will be counted toward the patient 
limit, will be based on the following principles:
    a. Relative risk of diversion associated with medications that 
become covered under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(C) after the effective date of 
this proposed rule; and
    b. Time required to monitor patient safety, assure medication 
compliance and effectiveness, and deliver or coordinate behavioral 
health services. HHS seeks comment on the principles by which the 
Secretary would determine which new medications would qualify.
    (3) Practitioner Training for 200 Patient Limit--HHS is seeking 
specific comment related to the level of training necessary to request 
a patient limit increase to 200 patients outside of a qualified 
practice setting. Specifically, under the current rule for the patient 
limit of 30 and 100, the training requirement may be satisfied at the 
time of initial NOI through a number of pathways, but the most common 
ways are via a subspecialty board certification in addiction psychiatry 
or addiction medicine, an addiction certification from ASAM, or 
completion of an 8-hour training provided by an approved organization. 
In this NPRM, SAMHSA would require board certification in addiction 
psychiatry or addiction medicine, but would not require additional 
training to progress to the 200-patient limit. However, this means that 
only practitioners with subspecialty board certifications will be 
eligible to apply for a patient waiver of 200 and practitioners 
satisfying training requirements via the other pathways for the 30 and 
100 patients will not be eligible. SAMHSA is seeking comment on whether 
the range of provider qualifications is too broad or too narrow to 
expand access to high quality medication-assisted treatment for opioid 
use disorder. If commenters assert that opportunity to qualify should 
be broadened, we also welcome recommendations regarding alternate 
pathways that would affirm competence without necessitating specialty 
board certification.
    (4) Alternate pathways to qualify for 200-patient prescribing 
limit--Under this proposal, only practitioners with current 100-patient 
waivers who are either board-certified in addiction medicine or 
addiction psychiatry or who practice in ``qualified practice settings'' 
or who request a temporary increase to treat up to 200 patients in 
order to address emergency situations may apply for the higher limit. 
HHS seeks comment on additional, alternate pathways by which a 
practitioner may become eligible to apply for a patient waiver of 200.
    (5) Process to request a patient limit of 200--HHS is seeking 
specific comment related to the requirements as defined in Sec.  
8.620(a) through (c). Specifically, how much cost will be associated 
with each requirement and what fraction of practitioners practicing in 
qualified practice settings will be able to fulfill such requirements.
    (6) Patient Volume Necessary--We are not aware of data that 
indicate what patient volume per practitioner is necessary in order to 
make the provision of buprenorphine to patients not cost prohibitive. 
We seek data on how many patients a physician would need to treat in 
order to make the training requirements, administrative requirements, 
and other requirements not cost prohibitive to the practitioner by type 
of clinical environment type (e.g., large group practice, small 
physician-owned practice, hospitals, Medicaid-accepting addiction 
treatment centers, etc.).
    (7) Frequency of Renewal Request for Patient Limit Increase to 200 
Patients--Currently, to be able to prescribe/dispense buprenorphine for 
the maintenance or detoxification of opioid use disorder, qualified 
practitioners must file a NOI with SAMHSA. Under this proposal, 
qualified practitioners in good standing with a current waiver to 
dispense to up to 100 patients may file a Request for Patient Limit 
Increase to treat up to 200 patients for a term of 3 years. SAMHSA is 
seeking comment on whether requiring the renewal for qualified 
practitioners seeking to treat up to 200 patients every 3 years is 
sufficient or whether practitioners should renew the waiver every year 
or every 2 years, instead of every 3 years.
    (8) Synchronization of Renewal Request with DEA Practitioner 
Registration Renewal--We seek comment on whether SAMHSA should 
synchronize the 3-year Request for Patient Limit Increase renewal with 
the renewal of the DEA practitioner registration to reduce practitioner 
burden.
    (9) Estimation of the Time Required to Seek Approval to Treat up to 
200 Patients --As stated in the Regulatory Impact Analysis, SAMHSA is 
seeking comment on the assumptions regarding the time required to 
complete the request for the higher patient limit.
    (10) Estimation of the Change in Practitioner Behavior--As stated 
in the Regulatory Impact Analysis, SAMHSA does not have information to 
estimate the number of practitioners who would change behavior in 
response to this proposed rule. SAMHSA is seeking comment on the 
estimation of the number of practitioners who are not currently 
eligible to submit a Request for Patient Limit Increase to treat up to 
200 patients but as a result of the proposed rule would take steps, 
such as obtain subspecialty board certification, or change practice 
settings, in order to qualify to treat up to 200 patients.
    (11) Estimation of the Number of Practitioners who are Eligible to 
Submit a Request for Patient Limit Increase to Treat up to 200 
Patients--As stated in the Regulatory Impact Analysis, SAMHSA seeks 
comment on an estimation of the number of practitioners who, based on 
the proposed rule, would be eligible to submit a Request for Patient 
Limit Increase to treat up to 200 patients, and, as a result of the 
proposed rule, would do so.
    (12) Estimation of the Number of People who will Receive MAT with 
Buprenorphine--As stated in the Regulatory Impact Analysis, SAMHSA 
seeks comment in order to refine the estimation of the number of people 
who will receive MAT with buprenorphine as a result of the proposed 
rule.
    (13) Reporting Periods--SAMHSA seeks comment on whether the 
reporting periods and deadline could be combined with other, existing 
reporting requirements in a way that would make

[[Page 17659]]

reporting less burdensome for practitioners.
    (14) Balance of Access and Safety--SAMHSA seeks comment on whether 
the proposed rule appropriately strikes the balance between ensuring 
that the credentials needed to prescribe MAT are within reach for 
interested practitioners, programs are practical to implement, and 
reporting requirements are not perceived as a barrier to participation.

List of Subjects in 42 CFR Part 8

    Health professions, Methadone, Reporting and recordkeeping 
requirements.

    For the reasons stated in the preamble, HHS proposes to amend 42 
CFR part 8 as follows:

PART 8--MEDICATION ASSISTED TREATMENT FOR OPIOID USE DISORDERS

0
1. The authority citation for part 8 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 21 U.S.C. 823; 42 U.S.C. 257a, 290bb-2a, 290aa(d), 
290dd-2, 300x-23, 300x-27(a), 300y-11.

0
2. Revise the heading of part 8 as set forth above.
0
3. Amend part 8 as follows:
0
a. Remove the word ``opiate'' and add the word ``opioid'' in its place 
wherever it appears; and
0
b. Remove the phrases ``opioid addiction'' and ``Opioid addiction'' and 
add their places the phrases ``opioid use disorder'' and ``Opioid use 
disorder'', respectively, wherever they appear.
0
4. Redesignate subpart C, consisting of Sec. Sec.  8.21 through 8.34, 
as subpart D and revise the heading as follows:

Subpart D--Procedures for Review of Suspension or Proposed 
Revocation of OTP Certification, and of Adverse Action Regarding 
Withdrawal of Approval of an Accreditation Body

0
5. Redesignate subpart B, consisting of Sec. Sec.  8.11 through 8.15, 
as subpart C and revise the heading as follows:

Subpart C--Certification and Treatment Standards for Opioid 
Treatment Programs

0
6. Add subpart B, redesignate Sec. Sec.  8.3, 8.4, 8.5, and 8.6 to the 
new subpart B, and revise the heading to read as follows:

Subpart B--Accreditation of Opioid Treatment Programs

0
7. Revise the heading to subpart A to read as follows:

Subpart A--General Provisions

0
8. Revise Sec.  8.1 to read as follows:


Sec.  8.1  Scope.

    (a) Subparts A through C of this part establish the procedures by 
which the Secretary of Health and Human Services (the Secretary) will 
determine whether a practitioner is qualified under section 303(g) of 
the Controlled Substances Act (CSA) (21 U.S.C. 823(g)) to dispense 
opioid drugs in the treatment of opioid use disorders. The regulations 
also establish the Secretary's standards regarding the appropriate 
quantities of opioid drugs that may be provided for unsupervised use by 
individuals undergoing such treatment (21 U.S.C. 823(g)(1)). Under 
these regulations, a practitioner who intends to dispense opioid drugs 
in the treatment of opioid use disorder must first obtain from the 
Secretary or, by delegation, from the Administrator, Substance Abuse 
and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), a certification 
that the practitioner is qualified under the Secretary's standards and 
will comply with such standards. Eligibility for certification will 
depend upon the practitioner obtaining accreditation from an 
accreditation body that has been approved by SAMHSA. These regulations 
establish the procedures whereby an entity can apply to become an 
approved accreditation body. This part also establishes requirements 
and general standards for accreditation bodies to ensure that 
practitioners are consistently evaluated for compliance with the 
Secretary's standards for treatment of opioid use disorder with an 
opioid agonist treatment medication.
    (b) The regulations in subpart F of this part establish the 
procedures and requirements that practitioners who are authorized to 
treat up to 100 patients pursuant to a waiver obtained under section 
303(g)(2) of the CSA (21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)), must satisfy in order to 
treat up to 200 patients with medications covered under section 
303(g)(2)(C) of the CSA.
0
9. Amend Sec.  8.2 as follows:
0
a. Revise the definitions of ``Accreditation body'' and ``Accreditation 
body application'';
0
b. Add, in alphabetical order, the definitions of ``Approval term'', 
``Behavioral health services'', and ``Board certification'';
0
c. Revise the definition of ``Certification'';
0
d. Add, in alphabetical order, the definitions of ``Covered 
medications'', ``Dispense'', ``Diversion control plan'', and 
``Emergency situation'';
0
e. Revise the definition of ``Interim maintenance treatment'';
0
f. Add, in alphabetical order, the definition of ``Nationally 
recognized evidence-based guidelines'';
0
g. Add, in alphabetical order, the definition of ``Opioid dependence'';
0
h. Remove the definition of ``Opioid treatment'';
0
i. Revise the definitions of ``Opioid treatment program'' and ``Opioid 
use disorder'';
0
j. Add, in alphabetical order, the definition of ``Opioid use disorder 
treatment'';
0
k. Revise the definition of ``Patient'';
0
l. Add, in alphabetical order, the definitions of ``Patient limit'' and 
``Practitioner incapacity'';
0
m. Remove the definition of ``Registered opioid treatment program''; 
and
0
n. Add, in alphabetical order, the definition of ``Waivered 
practitioner''.
    The revisions and additions read as follows:


Sec.  8.2  Definitions.

* * * * *
    Accreditation body means a body that has been approved by SAMHSA in 
this part to accredit opioid treatment programs using opioid agonist 
treatment medications.
    Accreditation body application means the application filed with 
SAMHSA for purposes of obtaining approval as an accreditation body.
* * * * *
    Approval term means the 3 year period in which a practitioner is 
approved to treat up to 200 patients that commences when a 
practitioner's Request for Patient Limit Increase is approved in 
accordance with Sec.  8.625.
    Behavioral health services means any non-pharmacological 
intervention carried out in a therapeutic context at an individual, 
family, or group level. Interventions may include structured, 
professionally administered interventions (e.g., cognitive behavior 
therapy or insight oriented psychotherapy) delivered in person, 
remotely via telemedicine shown in clinical trials to facilitate MAT 
outcomes or non-professional interventions.
    Board certification in addiction medicine or psychiatry means the 
receipt of board certification in a particular addiction medicine or 
psychiatry specialty and/or subspecialty of medical practice (e.g., 
subspecialty board certification in addiction medicine or psychiatry) 
from the American Board of Medical Specialties, a subspecialty board 
certification in addiction medicine from the American Osteopathic 
Association (AOA) or American Board of Addiction Medicine (ABAM), or an 
addiction certification from the American Society of Addiction Medicine 
(ASAM).

[[Page 17660]]

    Certification means the process by which SAMHSA determines that an 
opioid treatment program is qualified to provide opioid treatment under 
the Federal opioid treatment standards described in Sec.  8.12.
* * * * *
    Covered medications means the drugs or combinations of drugs that 
are covered under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(C).
* * * * *
    Dispense means to deliver a controlled substance to an ultimate 
user by, or pursuant to the lawful order of, a practitioner, including 
the prescribing and administering of a controlled substance.
    Diversion control plan means a set of documented procedures that 
reduce the possibility that controlled substances will be transferred 
or used illicitly.
    Emergency situation means that an existing State, Tribal, or local 
system for substance use disorder services is overwhelmed or unable to 
meet the existing need for medication-assisted treatment as a direct 
consequence of a clear precipitating event. This precipitating event 
must have an abrupt onset such as practitioner incapacity, natural or 
human-caused disaster; an outbreak associated with drug use; and result 
in significant death, injury, exposure to life-threatening 
circumstances, hardship, suffering, loss of property, or loss of 
community infrastructure
* * * * *
    Interim maintenance treatment means maintenance treatment provided 
in an opioid treatment program in conjunction with appropriate medical 
services while a patient is awaiting transfer to a program that 
provides comprehensive maintenance treatment.
* * * * *
    Nationally recognized evidence-based guidelines means a document 
produced by a national or international medical professional 
association, public health agency, such as the World Health 
Organization, or governmental body with the aim of assuring the 
appropriate use of evidence to guide individual diagnostic and 
therapeutic clinical decisions.
* * * * *
    Opioid dependence means repeated self-administration that usually 
results in opioid tolerance, withdrawal symptoms, and compulsive drug-
taking. Dependence may occur with or without the physiological symptoms 
of tolerance and withdrawal.
* * * * *
    Opioid treatment program or ``OTP'' means a program or practitioner 
engaged in opioid treatment of individuals with an opioid agonist 
treatment medication registered under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(1).
    Opioid use disorder means a cluster of cognitive, behavioral, and 
physiological symptoms in which the individual continues use of opioids 
despite significant opioid-induced problems.
    Opioid use disorder treatment means the dispensing of an opioid 
agonist treatment medication, along with a comprehensive range of 
medical and rehabilitative services, when clinically necessary, to an 
individual to alleviate the adverse medical, psychological, or physical 
effects incident to an opioid use disorder. This term includes a range 
of services including detoxification treatment, short-term 
detoxification treatment, long-term detoxification treatment, 
maintenance treatment, comprehensive maintenance treatment, and interim 
maintenance treatment.
    Patient means any individual who receives MAT from a practitioner 
or program subject to this part.
    Patient limit means the maximum number of individual patients a 
practitioner may treat at any one time using covered medications.
    Practitioner incapacity means the inability of a waivered 
practitioner as a result of an involuntary event to physically or 
mentally perform the tasks and duties required to provide medication-
assisted treatment in accordance with nationally recognized evidence-
based guidelines.
* * * * *
    Waivered practitioner means a physician who is appropriately 
licensed by the State to dispense covered medications and who possesses 
a waiver under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2).
0
10. Amend Sec.  8.3 by revising the introductory text of paragraph (b) 
to read as follows:


Sec.  8.3  Application for approval as an accreditation body.

* * * * *
    (b) Application for initial approval. Electronic copies of an 
accreditation body application form [SMA-167] shall be submitted to: 
http://buprenorphine.samhsa.gov/pls/bwns/waiver. Accreditation body 
applications shall include the following information and supporting 
documentation:
* * * * *

Subpart E [Reserved]

0
11. Reserve subpart E.
0
12. Add subpart F, consisting of Sec. Sec.  8.610 through 8.655, to 
read as follows:
Subpart F--Authorization to Increase Patient Limit to 200 Patients
Sec.
8.610 Which practitioners are eligible for a patient limit of 200?
8.615 What constitutes a qualified practice setting?
8.620 What is the process to request a patient limit of 200?
8.625 How will a Request for Patient Limit Increase be processed?
8.630 What must practitioners do in order to maintain their approval 
to treat up to 200 patients?
8.635 What are the reporting requirements for practitioners whose 
Request for Patient Limit Increase is approved?
8.640 What is the process for renewing a practitioner's Request for 
Patient Limit Increase approval?
8.645 What are the responsibilities of practitioners who do not 
submit a renewal Request for Patient Limit Increase, or whose 
request is denied?
8.650 Can SAMHSA's approval of a practitioner's Request for Patient 
Limit Increase be suspended or revoked?
8.655 Can a practitioner request to temporarily treat up to 200 
patients in emergency situations?

Subpart F--Authorization to Increase Patient Limit to 200 Patients


Sec.  8.610  Which practitioners are eligible for a patient limit of 
200?

    A practitioner is eligible for a patient limit of 200 if:
    (a) The practitioner possesses a current waiver to treat up to 100 
patients under section 303(g)(2) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 
U.S.C. 823(g)(2)) and has maintained the waiver in accordance with 
applicable statutory requirements without interruption for at least one 
year since the practitioner's notification of intent (NOI) under 
section 303(g)(2)(B) to treat up to 100 patients was approved;
    (b) The practitioner:
    (1) Holds a subspecialty board certification in addiction 
psychiatry or addiction medicine; or
    (2) Provides MAT utilizing covered medications in a qualified 
practice setting as defined in Sec.  8.615;
    (c) The practitioner has not had his or her enrollment and billing 
privileges in the Medicare program revoked under Sec.  424.535 of this 
title; and
    (d) The practitioner has not been found to have violated the 
Controlled Substances Act pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 824(a).


Sec.  8.615  What constitutes a qualified practice setting?

    A qualified practice setting is a practice setting which:
    (a) Provides professional coverage for patient medical emergencies 
during hours when the practitioner's practice is closed;

[[Page 17661]]

    (b) Provides access to case-management services for patients 
including referral and follow-up services for programs that provide, or 
financially support, the provision of services such as medical, 
behavioral, social, housing, employment, educational, or other related 
services;
    (c) Uses health information technology (HIT) systems such as 
electronic health records, if otherwise required to use it in the 
practice setting. HIT means the electronic systems that healthcare 
professionals and patients use to store, share, and analyze health 
information;
    (d) Is registered for their State prescription drug monitoring 
program (PDMP) where operational and in accordance with federal and 
State law. PDMP means a statewide electronic database that collects 
designated data on substances dispensed in the State. For practitioners 
providing care in their capacity as employees or contractors of a 
Federal government agency, participation in a PDMP is required only 
when such participation is not restricted based on their state of 
licensure and is in accordance with Federal statutes and regulations;
    (e) Accepts third-party payment for costs in providing health 
services, including written billing, credit and collection policies and 
procedures, or Federal health benefits.


Sec.  8.620  What is the process to request a patient limit of 200?

    In order for a practitioner to receive approval for a patient limit 
of 200, a practitioner must meet all of the requirements specified in 
Sec.  8.610 and submit a Request for Patient Limit Increase to SAMHSA 
that includes all of the following:
    (a) Completed Request for Patient Limit Increase form;
    (b) Statement certifying that the practitioner:
    (1) Will adhere to nationally recognized evidence-based guidelines 
for the treatment of patients with opioid use disorders;
    (2) Will provide patients with necessary behavioral health services 
as defined in Sec.  8.2 or through an established formal agreement with 
another entity to provide behavioral health services;
    (3) Will provide appropriate releases of information, in accordance 
with Federal and State laws and regulations, including the Health 
Information Portability and Accountability Act Privacy Rule and part 2 
of this chapter, if applicable, to permit the coordination of care with 
behavioral health, medical, and other service practitioners;
    (4) Will use patient data to inform the improvement of outcomes;
    (5) Will adhere to a diversion control plan to manage the covered 
medications and reduce the possibility of diversion of covered 
medications from legitimate treatment use;
    (6) Has considered how to assure continuous access to care in the 
event of practitioner incapacity or an emergency situation that would 
impact a patient's access to care as defined in Sec.  8.2; and
    (7) Will notify all patients above the 100 patient level, in the 
event that the request for the higher patient limit is not renewed or 
is denied, that the practitioner will no longer be able to provide MAT 
services using buprenorphine to them and make every effort to transfer 
patients to other addiction treatment;
    (c) Any additional documentation to demonstrate compliance with 
Sec.  8.610 as requested by SAMHSA.


Sec.  8.625  How will a Request for Patient Limit Increase be 
processed?

    (a) Not later than 45 days after the date on which SAMHSA receives 
a practitioner's Request for Patient Limit Increase as described in 
Sec.  8.620, or renewal Request for Patient Limit Increase as described 
in Sec.  8.640, SAMHSA shall approve or deny the request.
    (1) A practitioner's Request for Patient Limit Increase will be 
approved if the practitioner satisfies all applicable requirements 
under Sec. Sec.  8.610 and 8.620. SAMHSA will thereafter notify the 
practitioner who requested the patient limit increase, and the Drug 
Enforcement Administration (DEA), that the practitioner has been 
approved to treat up to 200 patients using covered medications. A 
practitioner's approval to treat up to 200 patients under this section 
will extend for a term not to exceed 3 years.
    (2) SAMHSA may deny a practitioner's Request for Patient Limit 
Increase if SAMHSA determines that:
    (i) The Request for Patient Limit Increase is deficient in any 
respect; or
    (ii) The practitioner has knowingly submitted false statements or 
made misrepresentations of fact in the practitioner's Request for 
Patient Limit Increase.
    (b) If SAMHSA denies a practitioner's Request for Patient Limit 
Increase (or renewal), SAMHSA shall notify the practitioner of the 
reasons for the denial.
    (c) If SAMHSA denies a practitioner's Request for Patient Limit 
Increase (or renewal) based solely on deficiencies that can be 
resolved, and the deficiencies are resolved to the satisfaction of 
SAMHSA in a manner and time period approved by SAMHSA, the 
practitioner's Request for Patient Limit Increase will be approved. If 
the deficiencies have not been resolved to the satisfaction of SAMHSA 
within the designated time period, the Request for Patient Limit 
Increase will be denied.


Sec.  8.630  What must practitioners do in order to maintain their 
approval to treat up to 200 patients?

    (a) A practitioner whose Request for Patient Limit Increase is 
approved in accordance with Sec.  8.625 shall maintain all eligibility 
requirements specified in Sec.  8.610, and all attestations made in 
accordance with Sec.  8.620(b), during the practitioner's 3-year 
approval term. Failure to do so may result in SAMHSA withdrawing its 
approval of a practitioner's Request for Patient Limit Increase.
    (b) All practitioners whose Request for Patient Limit Increase has 
been approved under Sec.  8.625 must provide reports to SAMHSA as 
specified in Sec.  8.635.


Sec.  8.635  What are the reporting requirements for practitioners 
whose Request for Patient Limit Increase is approved?

    (a) All practitioners whose Request for Patient Limit Increase is 
approved under Sec.  8.625 must submit reports to SAMHSA, along with 
documentation and data, as requested by SAMHSA, to demonstrate 
compliance with Sec.  8.620, applicable eligibility requirements 
specified in Sec.  8.610, and all attestation requirements in Sec.  
8.620(b).
    (b) Reporting requirements may include a request for information 
regarding:
    (1) The average monthly caseload of patients receiving 
buprenorphine-based MAT, per year.
    (2) Percentage of active buprenorphine patients (patients in 
treatment as of reporting date) that received psychosocial or case 
management services (either by direct provision or by referral) in the 
past year due to:
    (i) Treatment initiation.
    (ii) Change in clinical status.
    (3) Percentage of patients who had a prescription drug monitoring 
program query in the past month; and
    (4) Number of patients at the end of the reporting year who:
    (i) Have completed an appropriate course of treatment with 
buprenorphine in order for the patient to achieve and sustain recovery.
    (ii) Are not being seen by the provider due to referral by the 
provider to a more or less intensive level of care.

[[Page 17662]]

    (iii) No longer desire to continue use of buprenorphine.
    (iv) Are no longer receiving buprenorphine for reasons other than 
paragraph (b)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section.
    (c) The report must be submitted within twelve months after the 
date that a practitioner's Request for Patient Limit Increase is 
approved under Sec.  8.625, and annually thereafter.
    (d) SAMHSA may check reports from practitioners prescribing under 
the higher patient limit against other existing data sources, such as 
PDMPs. If discrepancies between reported information and other existing 
data are identified, SAMHSA may require additional documentation from 
practitioners whose reports are identified as including these 
discrepancies.
    (e) Failure to submit reports under this section, or deficient 
reports, may be deemed a failure to satisfy the requirements for a 
patient limit increase, and may result in the withdrawal of SAMHSA's 
approval of the practitioner's Request for Patient Limit Increase.


Sec.  8.640  What is the process for renewing a practitioner's Request 
for Patient Limit Increase approval?

    (a) Practitioners who intend to continue to treat up to 200 
patients beyond their current 3 year approval term must submit a 
renewal Request for Patient Limit Increase in accordance with the 
procedures outlined under Sec.  8.620 at least 90 days before the 
expiration of their approval term.
    (b) If SAMHSA does not reach a final decision on a renewal Request 
for Patient Limit Increase before the expiration of a practitioner's 
approval term, the practitioner's existing approval term will be deemed 
extended until SAMHSA reaches a final decision.


Sec.  8.645  What are the responsibilities of practitioners who do not 
submit a renewal Request for Patient Limit Increase or whose request is 
denied?

    Practitioners who are approved to treat up to 200 patients in 
accordance with Sec.  8.625, but who do not renew their Request for 
Patient Limit Increase, or whose request is denied, shall notify, under 
Sec.  8.620(b)(7) in a time period specified by SAMHSA, all patients 
affected above the 100 patient limit, that the practitioner will no 
longer be able to provide MAT services using covered medications and 
make every effort to transfer patients to other addiction treatment.


Sec.  8.650  Can SAMHSA's approval of a practitioner's Request for 
Patient Limit Increase be suspended or revoked?

    (a) Suspension. SAMHSA may suspend its approval of a practitioner's 
Request for Patient Limit Increase under Sec.  8.625 if it has reason 
to believe that immediate action is necessary to protect public health 
or safety.
    (b) Revocation. SAMHSA may revoke its approval of a practitioner's 
Request for Patient Limit Increase under Sec.  8.625 at any time during 
the 3 year approval term if SAMHSA determines that the practitioner 
made any misrepresentations in the practitioner's Request for Patient 
Limit Increase, or if SAMHSA determines that the practitioner no longer 
satisfies the requirements of this subpart, or has been found to have 
violated the CSA pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 824(a).


Sec.  8.655  Can a practitioner request to temporarily treat up to 200 
patients in emergency situations?

    (a) Practitioners with a current waiver to prescribe up to 100 
patients and who are not otherwise eligible to treat up to 200 patients 
under Sec.  8.610 may request a temporary increase to treat up to 200 
patients in order to address emergency situations as defined in Sec.  
8.2 if the practitioner provides information and documentation that:
    (1) Describes the emergency situation in sufficient detail so as to 
allow a determination to be made regarding whether the situation 
qualifies as an emergency situation as defined in Sec.  8.2, and that 
provides a justification for an immediate increase in that 
practitioner's patient limit;
    (2) Identifies a period of time, not longer than 6 months, in which 
the higher patient limit should apply, and provides a rationale for the 
period of time requested; and
    (3) Describes an explicit and feasible plan to meet the public and 
individual health needs of the impacted persons once the practitioner's 
approval to treat up to 200 patients expires.
    (b) Prior to taking action on a practitioner's request under this 
section, SAMHSA shall consult, to the extent practicable, with the 
appropriate governmental authority in order to determine whether the 
emergency situation that a practitioner describes justifies an 
immediate increase in the higher patient limit.
    (c) If SAMHSA determines that a practitioner's request under this 
section should be granted, SAMHSA will notify the practitioner that his 
or her request has been approved. The period of such approval shall not 
exceed six months.
    (d) If a practitioner wishes to receive an extension of the 
approval period granted under this section, he or she must submit a 
request to SAMHSA at least 30 days before the expiration of the six 
month period, and certify that the emergency situation as defined in 
Sec.  8.2 necessitating an increased patient limit continues. Prior to 
taking action on a practitioner's extension request under this section, 
SAMHSA shall consult, to the extent practicable, with the appropriate 
governmental authority in order to determine whether the emergency 
situation that a practitioner describes justifies an extension of an 
increase in the higher patient limit.
    (e) Except as provided in this section and Sec.  8.650, 
requirements in other sections under subpart F of this part do not 
apply to practitioners receiving waivers in this section.

    Dated: March 23, 2016.
Kana Enomoto,
Principal Deputy Administrator, Substance Abuse and Mental Health 
Services Administration.
    Approved: March 24, 2016.
Sylvia M. Burwell,
Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services.
[FR Doc. 2016-07128 Filed 3-29-16; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4162-20-P



                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                17639

                                                    denied, the claimant shall be advised of                Act (CSA) from 100 to 200. The purpose                Table of Contents
                                                    the reason for such denial.                             of the proposed rule is to increase
                                                                                                            access to treatment for opioid use                    I. Executive Summary
                                                    § 230.41   Reconsideration of claims.                   disorder while reducing the opportunity                  A. Purpose
                                                       A written request for reconsideration                for diversion of the medication to                       B. Summary of Major Provisions
                                                    of denied claims must be based on                                                                                C. Summary of Impacts
                                                                                                            unlawful use.                                         II. Public Participation
                                                    evidence recently developed or not                      DATES: To be assured consideration,                   III. Background
                                                    previously presented. It must be                        comments must be received at one of                      A. Opioid Use Disorder
                                                    submitted within 10 days of the                         the addresses provided below, no later                   B. Medication-Assisted Treatment
                                                    postmarked date of the letter denying                   than 5 p.m. on May 31, 2016.                             C. Statutory and Rulemaking History
                                                    the claim. The ruling official shall                                                                             D. Current Process for Obtaining a
                                                                                                            ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,
                                                    advise the Asset Forfeiture Coordinator                                                                             Practitioner Waiver Under 21 U.S.C.
                                                                                                            identified by Regulatory Information
                                                    if a timely reconsideration of the denial                                                                           823(g)(2)
                                                                                                            Number (RIN) 0930–AA22, by any of the                    E. Evaluations of the Current System
                                                    is made. The Office of Inspector
                                                                                                            following methods:                                       F. Need for Rulemaking
                                                    General, Office of General Counsel shall                   • Electronically: Federal eRulemaking
                                                    rule on the reconsideration request.                                                                          IV. Summary of Proposed Rule
                                                                                                            Portal: Go to http://www.regulations.gov                 A. General
                                                    § 230.42 Disposition of property declared               and follow the instructions for                          B. Scope (§ 8.1)
                                                    abandoned where title vests in the                      submitting comments.                                     C. Definitions (§ 8.2)
                                                    government.                                                • Regular Mail or Hand Delivery or                    D. Opioid Treatment Programs (§§ 8.3–8.4)
                                                                                                            Courier: Written comments mailed by                      E. Which practitioners are eligible for a
                                                      Property declared abandoned,
                                                                                                            regular mail must be sent to the                            patient limit of 200? (§ 8.610)
                                                    including cash and proceeds from the                                                                             F. What constitutes a qualified practice
                                                    sale of property subject to this part, may              following address only: The Substance
                                                                                                                                                                        setting? (§ 8.615)
                                                    be shared with federal, state, or local                 Abuse and Mental Health Services                         G. What is the process to request a patient
                                                    agencies. Abandoned property may also                   Administration, Department of Health                        limit of 200? (§ 8.620)
                                                    be destroyed, sold, or placed into                      and Human Services, Attn: Jinhee Lee,                    H. How will a request for patient limit
                                                    official use. However, before abandoned                 SAMHSA, 5600 Fishers Lane, Room                             increase be processed? (§ 8.625)
                                                    property can be shared with another                     13E21C, Rockville, Maryland 20857.                       I. What must practitioners do in order to
                                                                                                            Please allow sufficient time for mailed                     maintain their approval to treat up to 200
                                                    agency, sold, or placed into official use,
                                                                                                            comments to be received before the                          patients under § 8.625? (§ 8.630)
                                                    the Executive Special Agent in Charge                                                                            J. What are the reporting requirements for
                                                    must confer with the Office of Inspector                close of the comment period.
                                                                                                               • Express or Overnight Mail: Written                     practitioners whose request for patient
                                                    General, Office of General Counsel.                                                                                 limit increase is approved under § 8.625?
                                                    Unless the Executive Special Agent in                   comments sent by hand delivery, or                          (§ 8.635)
                                                    Charge determines the cash or proceeds                  regular, express or overnight mail must                  K. What is the process for renewing a
                                                    of the sale of the abandoned property                   be sent to the following address only:                      practitioner’s request for patient limit
                                                    are to be shared with other law                         The Substance Abuse and Mental                              increase approval? (§ 8.640)
                                                    enforcement agencies, such cash or                      Health Services Administration,                          L. What are the responsibilities of
                                                                                                            Department of Health and Human                              practitioners who do not submit a
                                                    proceeds shall be converted to money                                                                                renewal request for patient limit increase
                                                    orders and transmitted to: United States                Services, Attn: Jinhee Lee, SAMHSA,
                                                                                                            5600 Fishers Lane, Room 13E21C,                             or whose request is denied? (§ 8.645)
                                                    Postal Service, Disbursing Officer, 2825                                                                         M. Can SAMHSA suspend or revoke a
                                                    Lone Oak Parkway, Eagan, MN 55121–                      Rockville, Maryland 20857.
                                                                                                                                                                        practitioner’s patient limit increase
                                                                                                               Instructions: To avoid duplication,
                                                    9640.                                                                                                               approval? (§ 8.650)
                                                                                                            please submit only one copy of your                      N. Can a practitioner request to temporarily
                                                    Stanley F. Mires,                                       comments by only one method. All                            treat up to 200 patients in emergency
                                                    Attorney, Federal Compliance.                           submissions received must include the                       situations? (§ 8.655)
                                                    [FR Doc. 2016–07103 Filed 3–29–16; 8:45 am]             agency name and docket number or RIN                  V. Collection of information requirements
                                                    BILLING CODE 7710–12–P                                  for this rulemaking. All comments                     VI. Regulatory Impact Analysis
                                                                                                            received will become a matter of public                  A. Introduction
                                                                                                            record and will be posted without                        B. Summary of the Proposed Rule
                                                                                                            change to http://www.regulations.gov,                    C. Need for the Proposed Rule
                                                    DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND                                                                                         D. Analysis of Benefits and Costs
                                                    HUMAN SERVICES                                          including any personal information                       E. Sensitivity Analysis
                                                                                                            provided. For detailed instructions on                   F. Analysis of Regulatory Alternatives
                                                    42 CFR Part 8                                           submitting comments and additional                       G. Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
                                                                                                            information on the rulemaking process                 VII. Agency Questions for Comment
                                                    RIN 0930–AA22
                                                                                                            and viewing public comments, see the
                                                    Medication Assisted Treatment for                       ‘‘Public Participation’’ heading of the               Acronyms
                                                    Opioid Use Disorders                                    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of
                                                                                                            this document.                                        ASAM American Society of Addiction
                                                    AGENCY:  Substance Abuse and Mental                        Docket: For access to the docket to                  Medicine
                                                    Health Services Administration                          read background documents or                          CFR Code of Federal Regulations
                                                    (SAMHSA), HHS.                                          comments received, go to http://                      CSA Controlled Substances Act
                                                                                                                                                                  DEA Drug Enforcement Administration
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    ACTION: Proposed rule.                                  www.regulations.gov.                                  FDA Food and Drug Administration
                                                    SUMMARY:    The Secretary of the                        FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:                      FR Federal Register
                                                    Department of Health and Human                          Jinhee Lee, Pharm.D., Public Health                   HHS Department of Health and Human
                                                                                                            Advisor, Center for Substance Abuse                     Services
                                                    Services (the Secretary) (HHS) proposes                                                                       HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus
                                                    a rule to increase the highest patient                  Treatment, 240–276–0545, Email
                                                                                                            address:                                              MAT Medication-Assisted Treatment
                                                    limit for qualified physicians to treat                                                                       NOI Notification of Intent
                                                    opioid use disorder under section                       WaiverRegulations@samhsa.hhs.gov.                     NPRM Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
                                                    303(g)(2) of the Controlled Substances                  SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                            OTP Opioid Treatment Program



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM   30MRP1


                                                    17640                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    QA Quality Assurance                                    required training. As specified in the                emergencies. The higher limit would
                                                    QI Quality Improvement                                  statute, the training requirement may be              also carry with it the duty to regularly
                                                    RFA Regulatory Flexibility Act                          satisfied in several ways: One may hold               reaffirm the practitioner’s ongoing
                                                    SAMHSA Substance Abuse and Mental                       subspecialty board certification in                   eligibility and to participate in data
                                                      Health Services Administration
                                                    U.S.C. United States Code
                                                                                                            addiction psychiatry from the American                reporting and monitoring as required by
                                                                                                            Board of Medical Specialties or                       SAMHSA. In addition, practitioners in
                                                    I. Executive Summary                                    addiction medicine from the American                  good standing with a current waiver to
                                                                                                            Osteopathic Association; hold an                      prescribe to up to 100 patients (i.e., the
                                                    A. Purpose                                              addiction certification from the                      practitioner has filed an NOI and
                                                       The purpose of this proposed rule is                 American Society of Addiction                         satisfied all required criteria) could
                                                    to expand access to medication-assisted                 Medicine (ASAM); complete an 8-hour                   request the higher limit in emergency
                                                    treatment (MAT) by allowing eligible                    training provided by an approved                      situations for a limited time period.
                                                    practitioners to request approval to treat              organization; have participated as an                 SAMHSA would review all emergency
                                                    up to 200 patients under section                        investigator in one or more clinical                  situation requests in consultation, to the
                                                    303(g)(2) of the Controlled Substances                  trials leading to the approval of a                   extent practicable, with appropriate
                                                    Act (CSA). The rulemaking also                          medication that qualifies to be                       governmental authorities before such
                                                    includes requirements to ensure that                    prescribed under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2); or              requests would be granted.
                                                    patients receive the full array of services             complete other training or have such
                                                                                                            other experience as the State medical                 C. Summary of Impacts
                                                    that comprise evidence-based MAT and
                                                    minimize the risk that the medications                  licensing board or the Secretary                        The proposed rule is intended to
                                                    provided for treatment are misused or                   considers to demonstrate the ability of               increase access to MAT for some
                                                    diverted. We hope that this proposed                    the physician to treat and manage                     patients with an opioid use disorder,
                                                    rule will stimulate broader availability                persons with opioid use disorder.                     providing them with a path to recovery;
                                                                                                               Access to MAT has been subject to                  reduce costs across different sectors (e.g.
                                                    of high-quality MAT both in specialized
                                                                                                            patient limits via the provisions                     health care, criminal justice, and social
                                                    addiction treatment settings and
                                                                                                            contained in the CSA and enforced by                  service); and, ultimately, reduce the
                                                    throughout more mainstream health
                                                                                                            DEA. Since 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2) was                    number of opioid-related overdose
                                                    care delivery systems.
                                                                                                            originally modified by legislation in                 deaths. From 2016–2020, present value
                                                       Section 303(g)(2) of the CSA (21                     2000 to allow the provision of MAT
                                                    U.S.C. 823(g)(2)) allows individual                                                                           benefits of $11,019 million and
                                                                                                            without registering as an OTP,                        annualized benefits of $2,336 million
                                                    practitioners to dispense or prescribe                  additional modifications have been
                                                    Schedule III, IV, or V controlled                                                                             are estimated using a 3 percent discount
                                                                                                            made to address the application of the                rate; present value benefits of $10,148
                                                    substances that have been approved by                   patient limit in group medical practices
                                                    the Food and Drug Administration                                                                              million and annualized benefits of
                                                                                                            and to create a higher patient limit for              $2,313 million are estimated using a 7
                                                    (FDA) for use in maintenance and                        practitioners with 1 year of experience.
                                                    detoxification treatment without                                                                              percent discount rate. Present value
                                                                                                            These changes, while important, have                  costs of $955 million and annualized
                                                    registering as an opioid treatment                      not proven sufficient to support the
                                                    program (OTP). Currently, the only                                                                            costs of $202 million are estimated
                                                                                                            development of adequate treatment                     using a 3 percent discount rate; present
                                                    FDA-approved medications that meet                      capacity to keep pace with the growth
                                                    this standard are buprenorphine and the                                                                       value costs of $880 million and
                                                                                                            of the national crisis of opioid misuse               annualized costs of $201 million are
                                                    combination buprenorphine/naloxone                      and overdose. To the extent that the
                                                    (hereinafter referred to as                                                                                   estimated using a 7 percent discount
                                                                                                            current patient limit contributes to this             rate.
                                                    buprenorphine). Buprenorphine is a                      access challenge, this proposed rule
                                                    schedule III controlled substance under                 seeks to make a useful change in an                   II. Public Participation
                                                    the CSA. The CSA also imposes a limit                   effort to improve access.
                                                    on the number of patients a practitioner                                                                      Comments Invited
                                                    may treat with certain types of FDA-                    B. Summary of Major Provisions                           HHS invites interested parties to
                                                    approved narcotic drugs, such as                          The proposed rule would revise the                  submit comments on all aspects of the
                                                    buprenorphine, at any one time.                         highest patient limit from 100 patients               proposed rule. When submitting
                                                    Pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(B)(iii),                per practitioner with an existing waiver              comments, please reference a specific
                                                    the Secretary is authorized to change                   (waivered practitioner) to 200 patients               portion of the proposed rule, provide an
                                                    this patient limit by regulation at any                 for practitioners who meet certain                    explanation for any recommended
                                                    one time.                                               criteria. Practitioners who have a waiver             change, and include supporting data.
                                                       Section 303(g)(2)(B)(iii) of the CSA                 to treat 100 patients for at least 1 year             Specific agency questions for comment
                                                    allows qualified practitioners who file                 would be eligible to apply for a waiver               are listed in section VII. Comments
                                                    an initial notification of intent (NOI) to              to treat up to 200 patients if they                   responding to these questions should
                                                    treat a maximum of 30 patients at a                     possess a subspecialty board                          reference them by number.
                                                    time. After 1 year, the practitioner may                certification in addiction medicine or                   All comments received before the
                                                    file a second NOI indicating his/her                    addiction psychiatry or practice in a                 close of the comment period are
                                                    intent to treat up to 100 patients at a                 qualified practice setting as defined in              available for viewing by the public,
                                                    time. To qualify to treat any patients                  this proposed rule. In either case,                   including any personally identifiable
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    with buprenorphine, the practitioner                    practitioners with the higher limit of                and/or confidential information that is
                                                    must be a physician, possess a valid                    200 would also be required to accept                  included in a comment. We post all
                                                    license to practice medicine, be a                      greater responsibility for ensuring                   comments received as soon as possible
                                                    registrant of the Drug Enforcement                      behavioral health services and care                   after they have been received on the
                                                    Administration (DEA), have the capacity                 coordination are received and for                     following Web site: http://
                                                    to refer patients for appropriate                       ensuring quality assurance and                        www.regulations.gov. Follow the search
                                                    counseling and other necessary                          improvement practices, diversion                      instructions on that Web site to view
                                                    ancillary services, and have completed                  control, and continuity of care in                    public comments.


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM   30MRP1


                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                         17641

                                                       Comments received before the close of                experiencing euphoria, while an                             The majority of these individuals do
                                                    the comment period will also be                         element of drug initiation, becomes                       not recognize that repeated use of
                                                    available for public inspection,                        more and more remote as the euphoric                      opioids, albeit legitimate, may increase
                                                    generally beginning approximately 3                     feelings experienced become less                          the risk of developing an opioid use
                                                    weeks after publication of the proposed                 pleasurable and use of the drug becomes                   disorder, which may lead some
                                                    rule, at the headquarters of the                        necessary for the user to feel ‘‘normal’’.8               individuals to switch from prescription
                                                    Substance Abuse and Mental Health                       As a result, most opioid dependent                        drugs to cheaper and more risky
                                                    Services Administration, 5600 Fishers                   persons must continue to use opioids in                   substitutes like heroin. Based on
                                                    Lane, Rockville, Maryland 20857,                        order to maintain function and to                         combined 2014 National Survey on
                                                    Monday through Friday of each week                      forestall the painful symptoms of                         Drug Use and Health data, there are 1.9
                                                    from 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. To schedule                 withdrawal.9                                              million people aged 12 or older with a
                                                    an appointment to view public                              Opioid use disorder is essentially the                 past-year pain reliever use disorder and
                                                    comments, call 240–276–1660.                            same phenomenon. The potential for                        539,000 people with a past-year heroin
                                                       We will consider all comments we                     addiction and the symptoms of                             use disorder.
                                                    receive by the date and time specified                  tolerance and withdrawal are very                           As many as 86 percent of persons who
                                                    in the DATES section of this preamble,                  similar, whether the opioid is heroin or                  met diagnostic criteria for opioid use
                                                    and will respond to the comments in the                 a prescription pain reliever, such as                     disorder in 2014 could be classified as
                                                    preamble of the final rule. Please allow                oxycodone or hydrocodone, because the                     dependent on opioids.18 In addition to
                                                    sufficient time for mailed comments to                  brain responds to all opioids similarly.                  changing the structure and function of
                                                    be received before the close of the                     Untreated opioid dependence is                            the brain, when a person has
                                                    comment period.                                         associated with adoption of high-risk                     dependence, the whole body has
                                                    III. Background                                         opioid use behaviors.10 11 12 A person                    adapted to the presence of the opioid
                                                                                                            who is no longer able to avoid                            and does not function properly when
                                                    A. Opioid Use Disorder                                  withdrawal with the amount of opioid                      the substance is absent, thus making it
                                                       Substance use disorder is a treatable                he or she is accustomed to or can afford                  extremely difficult to discontinue use
                                                    chronic disease caused by changes to                    to buy may transition to using opioids                    without formal treatment.19 Many
                                                    the structure and function of the brain                 by injection, for example, because this                   people with opioid dependence who
                                                    due to exposure to intoxicating                         route of administration can more                          undergo detoxification in order to stop
                                                    substances.1 Most of these substances                   quickly and efficiently deliver the drug                  using opioids subsequently relapse to
                                                    alter the brain by increasing the release               to the brain via injection into the                       opioid use.20 As many as 95 percent of
                                                    of the neurotransmitter dopamine,                       bloodstream rather than through the                       patients who undergo detoxification
                                                    which plays an important role in the                    digestive tract.13 14 However, use of                     only, relapse to opioid use within
                                                    brain’s reward system.2 Chronic                         opioids by injection carries additional                   weeks.21 22
                                                    exposure to drugs disrupts the way the                  risks of infection with hepatitis C virus
                                                    brain controls both life-sustaining                     and human immunodeficiency virus                          Community outbreak of HIV infection linked to
                                                    behaviors and those related to drug                     (HIV), local and systemic infections,                     injection drug use of oxymorphone—Indiana, 2015.
                                                                                                                                                                      Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 64(16):
                                                    use.3 Opioid use disorder is a type of                  cardiovascular and respiratory                            443–44.
                                                    substance use disorder that has the                     problems, and higher overdose                                18 Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services
                                                    added complexity of disrupting the                      risk.15 16 17                                             Administration (2015). Prescription drug misuse
                                                    naturally occurring function of                                                                                   and abuse. Retrieved from: http://www.samhsa.gov
                                                    endorphins throughout the body.4 This                      7 Peavy, K.M., Banta-Green, C.J., Kingston, S.,        /prescription-drug-misuse-abuse.
                                                                                                                                                                         19 Definition of dependence. (2007). Retrieved
                                                    is what underlies the rapid formation of                Hanrahan, M., Merrill, J.O., & Coffin, P.O. (2012).
                                                                                                            ‘‘Hooked on’’ prescription-type opiates prior to          from: http://www.drugabuse.gov/publications/
                                                    dependence and tolerance, and the                       using heroin: Results from a survey of syringe            teaching-packets/neurobiology-drug-addiction/
                                                    withdrawal syndrome typically                           exchange clients. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs,          section-iii-action-heroin-morphine/8-definition-
                                                    observed when opioid use is                             44(3), 259–265.                                           dependence.
                                                                                                                                                                         20 Kleber, H. D. (2007). Pharmacologic treatments
                                                    discontinued.5 The cycle of tolerance                      8 National Institute on Drug Abuse, supra note 2.
                                                                                                               9 Id.                                                  for opioid dependence: detoxification and
                                                    and withdrawal leads persons                                                                                      maintenance options. Dialogues in Clinical
                                                                                                               10 Peavy, supra note 7.
                                                    dependent on opioids to take larger                        11 Jones, C.M. (2013). Heroin use and heroin use       Neuroscience, 9(4), 455–470. National Institute on
                                                    doses, seek more potent opioids, or                     risk behaviors among nonmedical users of
                                                                                                                                                                      Drug Abuse. Patients Addicted to Opioid
                                                    adopt methods of administration, such                                                                             Painkillers Achieve Good Results With Outpatient
                                                                                                            prescription opioid pain relievers, United States,
                                                                                                                                                                      Detoxification. Retrieved from: http://
                                                    as injection, to intensify the opioid’s                 2002–2004 and 2008–2010. Drug and Alcohol
                                                                                                                                                                      www.drugabuse.gov/news-events/nida-notes/2015/
                                                    effects.6 7 The possibility of                          Dependence, 132(1–2):95–100.
                                                                                                                                                                      02/patients-addicted-to-opioid-painkillers-achieve-
                                                                                                               12 Lankenau, S.E., Teti, M., Silva, K., Bloom, J.J.,
                                                                                                                                                                      good-results-outpatient-detoxification on December
                                                      1 The Science of Drug Abuse and Addiction: The        Harocopos, A., & Treese, M. (2012). Initiation into       12, 2015.
                                                    Basics. (2014, September 1). Retrieved from: http://    prescription opioid misuse amongst young injection           21 Ling, W., Amass, L., Shoptaw, S., Annon, J.J.,
                                                    www.drugabuse.gov/publications/media-guide/             drug users. International Journal of Drug Policy,
                                                                                                                                                                      Hillhouse, M., Babcock, D., Brigham, G., Harrer, J.,
                                                    science-drug-abuse-addiction-basics.                    23(1), 37–44.
                                                                                                               13 Peavy, supra note 7.
                                                                                                                                                                      Reid, M., Muir, J., Buchan, B., Orr, D., Woody, G.,
                                                      2 National Institute on Drug Abuse (2014). Drugs,                                                               Krejci, J., Ziedonis, D., Group, the B.S.P. (2005). A
                                                                                                               14 Drug Delivery Methods (2015). Retrieved from
                                                    brains, and behavior: The science of addiction.                                                                   multi-center randomized trial of buprenorphine-
                                                    (NIH Pub No. 14–5605). Retrieved from: https://         http://learn.genetics.utah.edu/content/addiction/         naloxone versus clonidine for opioid detoxification:
                                                    d14rmgtrwzf5a.cloudfront.net/sites/default/files/       delivery/.                                                findings from the National Institute on Drug Abuse
                                                    soa_2014.pdf.                                              15 National Institute on Drug Abuse (2014).
                                                                                                                                                                      Clinical Trials Network. Addiction (Abingdon,
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      3 Id.                                                 Heroin (Number 15–0165). Retrieved from: https://         England), 100(8), 1090–1100.
                                                      4 National Institute on Drug Abuse. Impacts of        d14rmgtrwzf5a.cloudfront.net/sites/default/files/            22 Weiss, R.D., Potter, J.S., Fiellin, D.A., Byrne,

                                                    Drugs on Neurotransmission. Retrieved from: http://     heroinrrs_11_14.pdf.                                      M., Connery, H.S., Dickinson, W., Gardin, J., Griffin,
                                                    www.drugabuse.gov/news-events/nida-notes/2007/             16 Bruneau, J., Roy, E., Arrunda, N., Zang, G., &
                                                                                                                                                                      L.M., Gourevitch, N.M., Haller, D., Hasson, A.,
                                                    10/impacts-drugs-neurotransmission.                     Jutras-Aswad, D. (2012). The rising prevalence of         Huang, Z., Jacobs, P., Kosinski, S.A., Lindblad, R.,
                                                      5 Id.                                                 prescription opioid injection and its association         McCance-Katz, F.E., Provost, E.S., Selzer, J.,
                                                      6 Kosten, T.R., & George, T.P. (2002). The            with hepatitis C incidence among street-drug users.       Somoza, C.E., Sonne, C.S., Ling, W. (2011).
                                                    Neurobiology of Opioid Dependence: Implications         Addiction, 107(7):1318–27.                                Adjunctive Counseling During Brief and Extended
                                                    for Treatment. Science & Practice Perspectives, 1(1),      17 Conrad, C., Bradley, H.M., Broz, D., Buddha, S.,    Buprenorphine-Naloxone Treatment for
                                                    13–20.                                                  Chapman, E.L., Galang, R.R., Duwve, J.M. (2015).                                                      Continued




                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM      30MRP1


                                                    17642                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                       Adverse consequences associated                      estimate.29 Indeed, opioid use disorders                has significant evidence to support it as
                                                    with prescription drug misuse have also                 contribute to over $72 billion in medical               an effective treatment, it remains highly
                                                    increased. Prescription drugs, especially               costs alone each year.30 These costs—                   underutilized, with only an estimated 1
                                                    opioid analgesics, have increasingly                    costs related to treatment and                          million out of an estimated 2.5 million
                                                    been implicated in drug overdose deaths                 prevention services; other health care                  who needed treatment actually
                                                    over the last decade.23 The National                    costs, such as those for individuals with               receiving it in 2012 38 This gap is a
                                                    Vital Statistics System indicated there                 co-occurring illnesses that result from or              function of many factors, including
                                                    were 18,893 opioid analgesics overdose                  are exacerbated by use and misuse of                    treatment capacity and negative
                                                    related deaths in 2014, which is nearly                 drugs obtained illicitly; and costs                     attitudes, prejudice, and discrimination
                                                    5 times greater than the number of                      associated with lost productivity, social               that prevent individuals from seeking
                                                    related deaths in 1999.24 Deaths related                welfare, and crime—impose burdens on                    services. A full discussion of the
                                                    to heroin have also sharply increased,                  the workplace, healthcare system, and                   barriers to MAT utilization can be found
                                                    more than tripling between 2010 and                     communities.                                            in the regulatory impact analysis of this
                                                    2014.25 Rates of prescription drug                                                                              document.
                                                                                                            B. Medication-Assisted Treatment                           Methadone, buprenorphine, and
                                                    misuse related to emergency department                  (MAT)
                                                    visits and treatment admissions have                                                                            naltrexone are the three main types of
                                                                                                               Opioid use disorder is a treatable                   active ingredients 39 contained in FDA
                                                    risen significantly in recent years.26 The
                                                                                                            medical condition from which it is                      approved products currently used to
                                                    Centers for Disease Control and
                                                                                                            possible to recover.31 Medication, along                treat opioid use disorder in the U.S.40
                                                    Prevention reports that almost 7,000
                                                                                                            with other behavioral therapy, has the                  Treatment of opioid use disorder using
                                                    people are treated in emergency
                                                                                                            potential to play an important role in                  methadone can only be provided in
                                                    departments each day for using opioids                  the successful treatment of opioid use                  OTPs regulated by SAMHSA under 42
                                                    in a manner other than as directed.27                   disorder and provide a foundation for                   CFR part 8 and requires patient
                                                    Opioids, primarily prescription pain                    recovery.32 Research indicates that                     assessments, on-site counseling, daily
                                                    relievers and heroin, are the main drugs                medication combined with behavioral                     monitoring and observation of the
                                                    associated with overdose deaths. In                     health services produces the best                       medication use, and careful control of
                                                    2014, opioids were involved in 28,647                   outcomes.33 34 Effective treatment is                   any take-home methadone.41 42 Also,
                                                    deaths, or 61 percent of all drug                       comprehensive and tailored to each                      methadone for opioid use disorder can
                                                    overdose deaths; the rate of opioid                     patient’s drug use patterns; medical and                only be dispensed in an OTP clinic
                                                    overdoses has tripled since 2000.28                     psychiatric co-morbidities, and social                  setting.34 Unlike methadone, medicines
                                                       The economic costs of illegal drug                   corollaries of substance use disorder;                  containing buprenorphine are permitted
                                                    use, including the use of medications                   and includes consideration of the                       to be dispensed in either an office-based
                                                    that are prescribed for others, are                     person’s vocational and legal needs.35                  setting or in an OTP, significantly
                                                    considerable. According to the Office of                   MAT is the use of medication in                      increasing treatment access.43 Under 21
                                                    National Drug Control Policy, the                       combination with behavioral health                      U.S.C. 823(g)(2), qualified practitioners
                                                    economic cost of drug addiction in the                  services to provide a whole-patient,                    can prescribe, administer, or dispense
                                                    United States was estimated at $193                     individualized approach to the                          medicines containing buprenorphine for
                                                    billion in 2007, the last available                     treatment of substance use disorder,                    treatment of opioid use disorder in
                                                                                                            including opioid use disorder.36 MAT is                 various settings, including in an office,
                                                    Prescription Opioid Dependence: A 2-Phase               a safe and effective strategy for                       community hospital, health department,
                                                    Randomized Controlled Trial. Archives of General        decreasing the frequency and quantity                   or correctional facility. As with all
                                                    Psychiatry, 68(12), 1238–1246.                          of opioid use and reducing the risk of                  medications used in MAT,
                                                       23 Macrae, J. (2015, July 27). HHS Launches Multi-
                                                                                                            overdose and death.37 Although MAT                      buprenorphine is prescribed as part of a
                                                    pronged Effort to Combat Opioid Abuse. Retrieved
                                                    from: http://www.hhs.gov/blog/2015/07/27/hhs-                                                                   comprehensive treatment plan that
                                                                                                               29 Study Shows Illicit Drug Use Costs U.S.
                                                    launches-multi-pronged-effort-combat-opioid-                                                                    includes counseling and participation in
                                                    abuse.html. Centers for Disease Control and             Economy More Than $193 Billion. (2011, June 1).
                                                                                                            Retrieved from: https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/
                                                                                                                                                                    social support programs.44
                                                    Prevention. Wide-ranging Online Data for
                                                    Epidemiologic Research (WONDER), Multiple-              default/files/ondcp/newsletters/ondcp_update            C. Statutory and Rulemaking History
                                                    Cause-of-Death file, 2000–2014. 2015.                   _june_2011.pdf.
                                                       24 CDC/NCHS, National Vital Statistics System,
                                                                                                               30 Coalition Against Insurance Fraud. (2007).          There is a long history of laws and
                                                    Mortality File. Retrieved from: http://www.cdc.gov/     Prescription for peril: how insurance fraud finances    rules to protect people from
                                                    nchs/data/health_policy/AADR_drug_poisoning_            theft and abuse of addictive prescription drugs.        unnecessary or inappropriate exposure
                                                    involving_OA_Heroin_US_2000-2014.pdf.                   Retrieved from: http://www.insurancefraud.org/
                                                                                                            downloads/drugDiversion.pdf.                            to opioids. Two important laws are the
                                                       25 HHS takes strong steps to address opioid-drug

                                                    related overdose, death and dependence. (2015,
                                                                                                               31 Bart, G. (2012). Maintenance Medication for       CSA and the Controlled Substances
                                                    March 26) Retrieved from: http://www.hhs.gov/           Opiate Addiction: The Foundation of Recovery.           Import and Export Act, which became
                                                    about/news/2015/03/26/hhs-takes-strong-steps-to-        Journal of Addictive Diseases, 31(3), 207–225.          law in 1970. Together, these statutes
                                                    address-opioid-drug-related-overdose-death-and-         http://doi.org/10.1080/10550887.2012.694598.
                                                                                                               32 Medication and Counseling Treatment. (2015,
                                                                                                                                                                    and their implementing regulations
                                                    dependence.html.
                                                       26 Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services        September 28). Retrieved from: http://
                                                                                                                                                                       38 Volkow, N.D., Frieden, T.R., Hyde, P.S., & Cha,
                                                    Administration, supra note 18.                          www.samhsa.gov/medication-assisted-treatment/
                                                       27 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.       treatment.                                              S.S. (2014). Medication-assisted therapies—tackling
                                                                                                               33 National Institute on Drug Abuse, supra note 2.   the opioid-overdose epidemic. New England
                                                    Wide-ranging Online Data for Epidemiologic                                                                      Journal of Medicine, 370(22):2063–6.
                                                                                                               34 Buprenorphine. (2015, September 25).
                                                    Research (WONDER), Multiple-Cause-of-Death file,
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                                                                       39 Naloxone is an active ingredient in some forms
                                                    (2015, October 28). Understanding the epidemic:         Retrieved from: http://www.samhsa.gov/medication
                                                                                                            -assisted-treatment/treatment/buprenorphine.            of buprenorphine when used by other than the
                                                    When the prescription becomes the problem.
                                                                                                               35 National Institute on Drug Abuse, supra note 2.   recommended sublingual (under the tongue) route.
                                                    Retrieved from: http://www.cdc.gov/drugoverdose/                                                                   40 Volkow, supra note 38.
                                                    epidemic/.                                                 36 Medication and Counseling Treatment, supra
                                                                                                                                                                       41 Id.
                                                       28 Rudd RA, Aleshire N, Zibbell JE, Gladden RM.      note 32.
                                                                                                                                                                       42 Methadone. (2015, September 28). Retrieved
                                                    Increases in Drug and Opioid Overdose Deaths—              37 Kresina, T.F., & Lubran, R.L. (2011). Improving

                                                    United States, 2000–2014. MMWR Morb Mortal              public health through access to and utilization of      from: http://www.samhsa.gov/medication-assisted-
                                                    Wkly Rep. 2016;64(50):1378–82. Retrieved from:          medication assisted treatment. International Journal    treatment/treatment/methadone.
                                                                                                                                                                       43 Kresina, supra note 37.
                                                    http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm             of Environmental Research and Public Health,
                                                    6450a3.htm.                                             8(10):4102–17.                                             44 Id.




                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM    30MRP1


                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                           17643

                                                    govern the manufacturing and                            D. Current Process for Obtaining a                    (3) high medication/treatment costs.
                                                    distribution of controlled substances.                  Practitioner Waiver Under 21 U.S.C.                   Additional barriers identified include a
                                                    Controlled substances are those                         823(g)(2)                                             hesitation to initiate buprenorphine
                                                    medications or chemical substances that                    To be able to prescribe buprenorphine              prescribing because of (1) a lack of a
                                                    are scheduled I through V under the                     for the maintenance or detoxification of              sufficient number of patients needing
                                                    CSA, with Schedule I having the most                    opioid use disorder, qualified                        MAT for opioid use disorders, (2)
                                                    relative abuse potential and likelihood                 practitioners must file a Request for                 difficult initial treatment setup and
                                                    of causing dependence when abused,                      Patient Limit Increase with SAMHSA.                   logistics, and (3) patients’ reluctance
                                                    and Schedule V having the least                         In accordance with 21 U.S.C.                          around counseling as a component of
                                                    potential for abuse and dependence.45                   823(g)(2)(D)(iii), SAMHSA processes the               treatment. A number of non-waivered
                                                                                                            Request for Patient Limit Increase by                 practitioners cited common challenges
                                                       In 2000, Congress amended the CSA                                                                          to obtaining a waiver, including lack of
                                                    (21 U.S.C. 801 et seq.) to establish                    verifying the practitioner’s medical
                                                                                                            license and qualification to prescribe                appropriate training or experience,
                                                    ‘‘waiver authority for physicians who                                                                         concerns about recordkeeping and
                                                    dispense or prescribe certain narcotic                  buprenorphine, and informs the DEA of
                                                                                                                                                                  potential audits by DEA, and a scarcity
                                                    drugs for maintenance treatment or                      whether the practitioner meets all of the
                                                                                                                                                                  of appropriate concomitant counseling
                                                    detoxification treatment’’ (Drug                        statutory requirements for a waiver. If
                                                                                                                                                                  resources in their areas.
                                                    Addiction Treatment Act of 2000, Pub.                   the statutory requirements for a waiver                  More recently, in September 2014,
                                                    L. 106–310, Title XXXV, 114 Stat. 1222,                 are met, the DEA verifies the                         SAMHSA, in partnership with the
                                                    codified at 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)). This                  practitioner’s current registration and               National Institute on Drug Abuse,
                                                    waiver authority established the existing               assigns an identification number to the               convened a meeting of expert
                                                    30 and 100 patient limits. Pursuant to                  practitioner. This information is                     professionals for a Buprenorphine
                                                    such waiver authority, the statutory and                conveyed to the practitioner by a letter              Summit to gather the perspectives of
                                                    regulatory requirement (21 U.S.C.                       issued from SAMHSA. At this point, the                leaders from the field regarding the state
                                                    823(g)(1) and 21 CFR 1301.13(e)) that a                 practitioner is considered to be a                    of practice and their assessment of
                                                    practitioner obtain a separate DEA                      waivered practitioner.                                possible strategies for moving forward.
                                                                                                               Waivered practitioners must comply                 This Summit presented an opportunity
                                                    registration to prescribe buprenorphine
                                                                                                            with all sections of the CSA regarding                for active and collaborative discussion
                                                    for maintenance or detoxification
                                                                                                            validity of prescriptions, recordkeeping,             about caring for patients; designing,
                                                    treatment is waived. Prior to this                      inventory, and medication
                                                    amendment, practitioners who wanted                                                                           operating, and sustaining programs;
                                                                                                            administration or dispensing. DEA is                  supporting recovery; and training
                                                    to provide maintenance or                               authorized to conduct periodic on-site
                                                    detoxification treatment using opioid                                                                         practitioners. The participants explored
                                                                                                            inspections of all registrants. As of 2013,           what is known about the adoption of
                                                    drugs were required to be registered as                 DEA had systematically visited nearly
                                                    Narcotic Treatment Programs, today                                                                            MAT with buprenorphine-containing
                                                                                                            all waivered practitioners. Most                      products to treat opioid use disorder;
                                                    commonly referred to as OTPs.                           inspections were uneventful, and the                  reasons why it has not been as widely
                                                       Under the provisions of the CSA                      majority of practitioners were found to               prescribed as might have been expected;
                                                    implementing regulations (21 CFR                        be in compliance. Problems                            and ways that Federal agencies, health
                                                    1301.28(b)(1)(iii) and (iv)), the 30-                   encountered typically involved                        professionals, and concerned
                                                    patient limitation applied equally to                   administrative issues and required                    individuals might enable buprenorphine
                                                    individual practices and to group                       practitioners to make changes to                      treatment to become more accessible.
                                                    practices (i.e., 30 patients per group                  recordkeeping practices. Should DEA                      Participants from the Summit
                                                    practice), severely limiting the number                 find violations of law, it can revoke a               provided some reasons waivered
                                                    of patients who could be treated by                     practitioner’s right to prescribe                     practitioners were not prescribing
                                                    physicians in group practices. In 2005,                 buprenorphine and take further legal                  buprenorphine, including but not
                                                    the CSA was amended to lift the patient                 action, if necessary.                                 limited to the following: Practitioners
                                                    limitation on prescribing opioid                        E. Evaluations of the Current System                  do not have practice partners with
                                                    addiction treatment medications by                                                                            waivers or practice partners who can
                                                    practitioners in group practices (Pub. L.                  Evaluations of the process for granting            provide cross-coverage because of the
                                                    109–56) so that practitioners could                     waivers under the 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)                 interpretation of the patient limit; they
                                                    prescribe up to 30 patients individually                waiver system are limited. In 2006,                   lack institutional support; their
                                                    regardless of whether they are in a                     SAMHSA published the results of an                    community lacks psychosocial
                                                    group or solo practice.46 In 2006, the                  evaluation that examined the                          resources for patients; they feel that
                                                    CSA was further amended by the Office                   availability and effectiveness of                     with current patient limits, they cannot
                                                    of National Drug Control Policy                         treatment as well as adverse                          treat a sufficient volume of patients to
                                                    Reauthorization Act of 2006 (Pub. L.                    consequences.48                                       meet all of the costs of providing
                                                    109–469) to permit the treatment of up                     A number of barriers to MAT                        buprenorphine given current third-party
                                                    to 100 patients by each qualifying                      adoption using buprenorphine in an                    reimbursement; the regulations and
                                                    practitioner. As a result, DEA made                     office-based setting were identified in               scrutiny particular to prescribing
                                                    conforming changes their regulations.47                 this evaluation, with three in particular             buprenorphine can make them feel as if
                                                                                                            that were consistently identified                     they are doing something questionable
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      45 Controlled Substance Schedules. (2015).
                                                                                                            amongst waivered practitioners as                     by prescribing it; and current
                                                    Retrieved from: http://www.deadiversion.usdoj.gov/      problematic: (1) The 30-patient limit, (2)            confidentiality rules make it difficult to
                                                    schedules/.                                             limited third-party reimbursement, and                integrate substance use disorder care
                                                      46 ‘‘A bill to amend the Controlled Substances Act
                                                                                                                                                                  with primary care.
                                                    to lift the patient limitation on prescribing drug         48 Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services
                                                                                                                                                                     Some of the ideas that came out of the
                                                    addiction treatments by medical practitioners in        Administration. (2006). The SAMHSA Evaluation of
                                                    group practices, and for other purposes’’ (Pub. L.      the Impact of the DATA Waiver Program. Retrieved
                                                                                                                                                                  Summit included strategies to expand
                                                    109–56).                                                from: http://www.buprenorphine.samhsa.gov/            availability of buprenorphine treatment
                                                      47 See 21 CFR 1301.28(b)(1)(iii) and (iv).            FOR_FINAL_summaryreport_colorized.pdf.                for opioid use disorders, such as


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM   30MRP1


                                                    17644                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    examining the elimination of                            extended-release injectable naltrexone                a comprehensive approach to increasing
                                                    restrictions on prescribing                             has also made an important contribution               access to MAT.
                                                    buprenorphine. Specific ideas included                  to increasing access to MAT in the                       Increasing the limits on the number of
                                                    enabling non-physician practitioners to                 private physician office-based setting,               patients per waivered practitioner has
                                                    prescribe buprenorphine (which would                    but the number of patients receiving                  been requested by many individuals,
                                                    require a legislative change); raising the              treatment with naltrexone in such                     organizations, and entities. In a letter to
                                                    cap on how many patients a practitioner                 settings is not known. Providers wishing              the Secretary, ASAM notes that the
                                                    can have in treatment at a time; and                    to serve more people have the option of               prescribing limit is a major barrier to
                                                    allowing practitioners to cross-cover one               both office-based MAT with                            patient access to care and the current
                                                    another on a short-term basis, which is                 buprenorphine products as well as                     limits place arbitrary limits on the
                                                    a practice standard across medicine,                    specialty addiction treatment programs                number of patients a practitioner can
                                                    without being in violation of the patient               that include an OTP. However, recent                  treat. It also notes that no other
                                                    limit. The latter two are addressed in                  research has also shown that an                       medications are limited in such a
                                                    this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking                      estimated 1 million people out of 2.3                 manner.55 The American Psychiatric
                                                    (NPRM).                                                 million individuals in the U.S. with                  Association, American Academy of
                                                                                                            opioid abuse or dependence were                       Addiction Psychiatry, and the American
                                                    F. Need for Rulemaking
                                                                                                            untreated.52 This assumes that                        Osteopathic Academy of Addiction
                                                       In the intervening 15 years since                    practitioners were treating patients at               Medicine also wrote to the Secretary
                                                    enactment of 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2), there                 maximum capacity. Data from DATA-                     and stated that as ‘‘the number of people
                                                    have been a number of changes,                          waived providers in 2008 53 indicate                  addicted to these opioids increases,
                                                    including the amendment that (1)                        that practitioners are likely only                    there continues to be a shortage of
                                                    allowed for practitioners in group                      reaching 57 percent of their total patient            physicians who are appropriately
                                                    practices to prescribe up to 30 patients                capacity for buprenorphine treatment.                 trained to treat them. The shortage
                                                    individually regardless of whether they                 At the State level, an estimated 3                    severely complicates and impairs our
                                                    are in a group or sole practice, and (2)                patients per 1,000 people in the U.S.                 ability to effectively address the
                                                    allowed for practitioners who had a                     had an unmet need for treatment,                      epidemic, particularly in many rural
                                                    waiver for at least 1 year to submit a                  assuming that practitioners were                      and underserved areas of the nation.’’ 56
                                                    second NOI to treat up to 100 patients                  treating patients at maximum potential                   In sum, given the public health crisis
                                                    at a time. Other changes include                        capacity.54                                           of opioid misuse and abuse and the
                                                    expansion in insurance coverage and                                                                           treatment gap between those individuals
                                                                                                               While the Federal Guidelines for
                                                    parity protections due to passage of the                                                                      with an opioid use disorder and those
                                                                                                            OTPs, published early in 2015, promote
                                                    Mental Health Parity and Addiction                                                                            currently receiving treatment, this
                                                                                                            the use of both buprenorphine and
                                                    Equity Act, as well as the Affordable                                                                         proposed rule is needed to raise the
                                                                                                            naltrexone, in addition to methadone, in
                                                    Care Act. Educational and training                                                                            patient cap in an effort to increase
                                                                                                            the approximately 1,400 OTPs,
                                                    activities have also expanded, including                                                                      access to MAT with buprenorphine and
                                                                                                            increasing access to MAT through OTPs
                                                    the FDA Risk Evaluation and Mitigation                                                                        associated counseling and supports. In
                                                                                                            is limited by several factors. These
                                                    Strategy (REMS) for buprenorphine and                                                                         keeping with the spirit of mental health
                                                                                                            factors include the fact that the patient
                                                    SAMHSA’s Provider Clinical Support                                                                            parity, we emphasize that competency
                                                                                                            capacity of individual OTPs is typically
                                                    System for MAT. In addition, a new                                                                            in addiction care should exist
                                                                                                            determined by State licensing
                                                    subspecialty board certification has                                                                          throughout the healthcare continuum.
                                                                                                            requirements, building permits, or other
                                                    been developed for allopathic                                                                                 To balance optimal access and safety,
                                                                                                            State or local regulations. Geography
                                                    physicians in addiction medicine,                                                                             we strive to ensure that the credentials
                                                                                                            and the daily nature of methadone
                                                    creating a pathway for more physicians                                                                        needed to prescribe MAT are within
                                                                                                            treatment are other factors that affect the
                                                    to obtain broader knowledge of                                                                                reach for interested physicians,
                                                                                                            ability to expand access to MAT via
                                                    substance use disorders in general.                                                                           programs are practical to implement,
                                                                                                            OTPs in general, but they do not
                                                       Despite this progress, the nation finds                                                                    and reporting requirements are not
                                                                                                            directly relate to the capacity of an
                                                    itself in the midst of a public health                                                                        perceived as a barrier to participation.
                                                                                                            individual OTP to treat patients. Rather
                                                    crisis of opioid addiction, misuse, and                                                                       We seek comment on whether the
                                                                                                            they are limitations on the expansion of
                                                    related morbidity and mortality.49 Each                                                                       proposed rule appropriately strikes this
                                                                                                            access to more individuals utilizing
                                                    day in the United States, 44 people die                                                                       balance.
                                                                                                            methadone specifically.
                                                    from overdose of prescription pain
                                                    relievers.50 As previously stated, in                      HHS is promoting access to all forms               IV. Summary of Proposed Rule
                                                    2014, opioids were involved in 28,647                   of MAT for opioid use disorder through                A. General
                                                    deaths, or 61 percent of all drug                       multiple activities included in the
                                                                                                            Secretary’s Opioid Initiative. Given the                To date, SAMHSA has implemented
                                                    overdose deaths; the rate of opioid
                                                                                                            Secretary’s unique authority to increase              the provisions of 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)
                                                    overdoses has tripled since 2000.51
                                                                                                            the patient limit on treatment under 21               without rulemaking due to the clear and
                                                       There are approximately 1,400 OTPs
                                                                                                            U.S.C. 823(g)(2) by rulemaking, the                   specific provisions included in the
                                                    and 31,857 practitioners waived to
                                                                                                            proposed rule is an essential element of              statute. As authorized by the statute at
                                                    prescribe buprenorphine. The use of
                                                                                                                                                                  21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(B)(iii), SAMHSA is
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      49 FACT SHEET: Obama Administration                      52 Jones CM, Campopiano M, Baldwin G,              initiating rulemaking at this time to
                                                    Announces Public and Private Sector Efforts to          McCance-Katz E. National and state treatment need     increase access to MAT with
                                                    Address Prescription Drug Abuse and Heroin Use.         and capacity for opioid agonist medication-assisted
                                                    (2015, October 21). Retrieved from: https://            treatment. Am J Public Health 2015;105(8):e55–e63.      55 Letter to Secretary Burwell from the American
                                                    www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/2015/10/21/            53 Arfken CL, Johanson CE, Menza SD, Schuster      Society for Addiction Medicine, July 31, 2014.
                                                    fact-sheet-obama-administration-announces-public-       CR. Expanding treatment capacity for opioid             56 Letter to Secretary Burwell from the American
                                                    and-private-sector.                                     ependence with office-based treatment with            Psychiatric Association, American Academy of
                                                      50 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention,        buprenorphine: national surveys of physicians. J      Addiction Psychiatry, and the American
                                                    supra note 27.                                          Subst Abuse Treat. 2010;39(2):96–104.                 Osteopathic Academy of Addiction Medicine, July
                                                      51 Rudd, supra note 28.                                  54 Jones, supra note 53.                           25, 2014.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM   30MRP1


                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                           17645

                                                    buprenorphine in the office-based                       to make it clear that they apply only to              period during which the eligible
                                                    setting as authorized under 21 U.S.C.                   OTPs.                                                 medication is expected to be used by the
                                                    823(g)(2). The proposed rule would                                                                            patient while under that practitioner’s
                                                                                                            B. Scope (§ 8.1)
                                                    increase the highest available patient                                                                        care. For example, if a practitioner
                                                    limit for qualified practitioners to                      Under the proposed rule, the scope of               provides cross-coverage for another
                                                    receive a waiver from 100 to 200. This                  part 8 would encompass rules that are                 practitioner, and in the course of that
                                                    new higher patient limit would                          applicable to OTPs, and to waivered                   coverage the covering practitioner
                                                    significantly increase patient capacity                 practitioners who seek to provide MAT                 provides a prescription for
                                                    for practitioners qualified to prescribe at             to more than 100 patients. New subparts               buprenorphine, the patient counts
                                                    this level while also ensuring that                     B through D under the proposed rule                   towards the cross-covering practitioner’s
                                                    waivered practitioners would be able to                 would contain the rules relevant to                   patient limit until the prescription has
                                                    provide the full treatment continuum                    OTPs. Subpart E would be reserved and                 expired. However, if a cross-covering
                                                    associated with MAT.                                    Subpart F would contain the proposed                  practitioner is merely available for
                                                       Practitioners authorized to treat up to              new rule. Section 8.1 would also                      consult but does not provide a
                                                    200 patients under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)                  explain that the proposed rules in the                prescription for buprenorphine while
                                                    would be required to meet                               new subpart F pertain only to those                   the prescribing practitioner is away, the
                                                    infrastructure, capacity, and reporting                 practitioners using a waiver under 21                 patients being covered do not count
                                                    requirements that exceed those required                 U.S.C. 823(g)(2) with a patient limit of              towards the cross-covering practitioner’s
                                                                                                            101 to 200.                                           patient limit at all. Therefore, this
                                                    for the lower limits. The incremental
                                                    increase from 100 to 200 patients and                   C. Definitions (§ 8.2)                                definition would be expected to help
                                                    the concomitant reporting requirements                                                                        ensure consistency and clarity in how
                                                                                                               The definitions section would apply                waivered practitioners count patients
                                                    would allow the Department to monitor                   to the entirety of part 8. Definitions that
                                                    the quality of care being delivered,                                                                          towards the limit. We seek comments on
                                                                                                            would apply only to OTPs would be                     this definition and other examples of
                                                    identify any changes in the rate of                     revised to reflect this in the specific
                                                    diversion, and improvements in health                                                                         coverage arrangements where clarity
                                                                                                            definition. Two definitions would be                  would be helpful.
                                                    outcomes for opioid-dependent patients.                 eliminated: ‘‘Registered opioid
                                                    It would attach additional criteria and                                                                          The proposed rule would include the
                                                                                                            treatment program’’ would be deleted                  following definition of patient limit:
                                                    responsibilities to practitioners who                   because the term is not used anywhere                 ‘‘the maximum number of individual
                                                    would be able to treat up to 200 patients               in the text of the regulations; and the               patients a practitioner may treat at any
                                                    with the specific aims of ensuring                      definition for ‘‘opiate addiction’’ would             time using covered medications.’’
                                                    quality of care and minimizing                          be renamed ‘‘opioid use disorder.’’                      Taken together, these two definitions
                                                    diversion. Importantly, the additional                     This proposed rule also includes a                 would provide clear and fair guidance
                                                    criteria and responsibilities are not                   definition of ‘‘patient.’’ At present, the            for regulatory enforcement and would
                                                    intended to be unduly burdensome to                     definition of ‘‘patient’’ in § 8.2 is limited         be expected to reduce undercounting of
                                                    the practitioner who wishes to expand                   to those individuals receiving treatment              patients by practitioners and,
                                                    his or her MAT treatment practice and                   at an OTP, which excludes those                       furthermore, would exclude those
                                                    we seek comment on the associated                       individuals receiving office-based                    patients with whom a practitioner
                                                    burden. Rather, they are intended to                    opioid treatment with buprenorphine,                  interacts as a professional courtesy or in
                                                    reflect the current standard of care for                i.e., those subject to 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2).           a transitory fashion on behalf of another
                                                    the treatment of opioid use disorder                    As a result, there has been confusion                 waivered physician from being counted
                                                    while also recognizing the growing                      among providers, insurers, pharmacists,               against the covering practitioner’s
                                                    demand for opioid use disorder                          and diversion investigators. This stems               patient limit for an extended period of
                                                    treatment integrated into the non-                      in part from the difference between                   time. In this way it is expected that
                                                    specialist practice in more mainstream                  formal admission and discharge                        waivered practitioners will be able to
                                                    settings. This proposed rule does not                   practices that are customarily used in                provide reciprocal cross-coverage of
                                                    add these additional requirements to                    OTPs and other substance use disorder                 patients for brief periods, such as
                                                    practitioners who have a waiver to treat                treatment programs and the more open-                 weekends or vacations, without
                                                    100 or fewer patients under 21 U.S.C.                   ended relationship between patient and                implications, long-term or possibly at
                                                    823(g)(2). The proposed rule also would                 practitioner in general medical and                   all, for their respective individual
                                                    create an option for an increased patient               psychiatric practice. This confusion has              limits.
                                                    limit for practitioners responding to                   also complicated the data collection                     Other new definitions would include
                                                    emergency situations that require                       necessary to assess access to treatment               ‘‘behavioral health services,’’
                                                    immediate, increased access to MAT                      on community, state, and national                     ‘‘nationally recognized evidence-based
                                                    pharmacotherapies. Also included in                     levels. It has also hindered cross-                   guidelines’’ and ‘‘emergency situation.’’
                                                    the proposed rule are key definitions.                  coverage due to a concern that covering               These definitions would be in-line with
                                                       This proposal would add subpart F to                 a patient for a short period of time keeps            definitions offered elsewhere and
                                                    42 CFR part 8. To accomplish this,                      a practitioner accountable for that                   applied in the field. They would be
                                                    additional changes would be made to                     patient for an extended period of time.               minimally modified from other existing
                                                    part 8. Proposed changes to part 8 to                      The proposed rule would revise the                 definitions to clarify the application of
                                                    accommodate the proposed rule include                   definition of patient to make it inclusive            these terms to the unique circumstances
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    retitling the part to encompass all MAT                 of all persons receiving MAT with an                  of the practitioner providing MAT
                                                    over which the Secretary has regulatory                 opioid medication, consistent with the                under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2).
                                                    authority. Consequently, under the                      expanded scope of proposed revisions                     In addition, this proposed rule would
                                                    proposed rule, subpart A would be                       to 42 CFR part 8. By proposing that                   define ‘‘nationally recognized evidence-
                                                    entitled General Provisions. Current                    patient ‘‘means any individual who                    based guidelines’’ to mean a document
                                                    subparts A, B, and C would change to                    receives MAT from a practitioner or                   produced by a national or international
                                                    subparts B, C, and D, respectively. The                 program subject to this part,’’ the                   medical professional association, public
                                                    titles of these subparts would be revised               definition would apply to the entire                  health entity, or governmental body


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM   30MRP1


                                                    17646                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    with the aim of ensuring the appropriate                would be intended to minimize the risk                collection policies and procedures, or
                                                    use of evidence to guide individual                     of diversion of controlled substances to              Federal health benefits.
                                                    diagnostic and therapeutic clinical                     illicit use and accidental exposure that                The elements were identified as
                                                    decisions. Some examples include the                    could result from increased prescribing               common to many high-quality practice
                                                    ASAM National Practice Guidelines for                   of buprenorphine. A practitioner with                 settings, which includes both private
                                                    the Use of Medications in the Treatment                 board certification in an addiction                   practices as well as federally qualified
                                                    of Addiction Involving Opioid Use;                      subspecialty would have to have the                   health centers and community mental
                                                    SAMHSA’s Treatment Improvement                          training and experience necessary to                  health centers, and therefore worthy of
                                                    Protocol 40: Clinical Guidelines for the                recognize and address behaviors                       replication. The elements would be
                                                    Use of Buprenorphine in the Treatment                   associated with increased risk of                     expected to be common to OTPs, and
                                                    of Opioid Addiction; the World Health                   diversion. In the qualified practice                  OTPs currently in operation but not
                                                    Organization Guidelines for the                         settings, SAMHSA believes that the care               providing MAT under 21 U.S.C.
                                                    Psychosocially Assisted                                 team and practice systems will function               823(g)(2). Taken together, this would
                                                    Pharmacological Treatment of Opioid                     to help ensure this same level of care.               facilitate additional opportunities to
                                                    Dependence; and the Federation of State                 We seek comments on this proposed                     expand access to MAT. Another
                                                    Medical Boards’ Model Policy on DATA                    approach, including comments on                       consideration in the selection of these
                                                    2000 and Treatment of Opioid                            whether there are other ways for                      elements would be the need to limit the
                                                    Addiction in the Medical Office.                        SAMHSA to ensure quality and safety                   expansion of group practices formed for
                                                    SAMHSA would expect that guidelines                     while encouraging practitioners to take               the sole purpose of pooling the
                                                    falling into this definition may change                 on additional patients.                               individual practitioner limits to
                                                    over time but would not plan to keep a                                                                        maximize revenue but which fail to
                                                    list for practitioners to consult.                      F. What Constitutes a Qualified Practice              offer a full continuum of services. HHS
                                                                                                            Setting? (§ 8.615)                                    seeks comment on additional, alternate
                                                    D. Opioid Treatment Programs (§§ 8.3                                                                          pathways by which a practitioner may
                                                    Through 8.34)                                              Proposed § 8.615 would describe the
                                                                                                                                                                  become eligible to apply for a patient
                                                       Proposed retitled subparts B, C, and D               necessary elements of a qualified
                                                                                                                                                                  waiver of 200.
                                                    would contain §§ 8.3 through 8.34.                      practice setting, which can include
                                                    Proposed changes to these sections                      practices with as few as one waived                   G. What is the process to request a
                                                    would be limited to changing the                        provider as long as these criteria are met            patient limit of 200? (§ 8.620)
                                                    mailing address for program                             and can include both private practices                   Proposed § 8.620 would describe the
                                                    certification and accreditation body                    and community-based clinics.                          process to request a patient limit of 200.
                                                    approval and updating terms, such as                    Necessary elements of a qualified                     Similar to the waiver process for the 30
                                                    ‘‘opiate’’ and ‘‘opiate addiction’’ to                  practice setting would include having:                and 100 patient limits, the process
                                                    ‘‘opioid’’ and ‘‘opioid use disorder,’’                 (1) The ability to offer patients                     would begin with filing a Request for
                                                    respectively.                                           professional coverage for medical                     Patient Limit Increase. A proposed draft
                                                                                                            emergencies during hours when the                     of the Request for Patient Limit Increase
                                                    E. Which Practitioners Are Eligible for a               practitioner’s practice is closed; this               is in the docket. Public comment is
                                                    Patient Limit of 200? (§ 8.610)                         does not need to involve another                      requested. The higher patient limit
                                                       This is the first proposed section of                waivered practitioner, only that                      would carry with it greater
                                                    the new subpart F. Proposed § 8.610                     coverage be available for patients                    responsibility for behavioral health
                                                    would describe which practitioners are                  experiencing an emergency even when                   services, care coordination, diversion
                                                    eligible for a patient limit of 200. Under              the office is closed; (3) the ability to              control, and continuity of care in
                                                    routine conditions, a practitioner would                ensure access to patient case-                        emergencies and for transfer of care in
                                                    qualify for the higher limit in one of two              management services; (4) health                       the event approval to treat up to 200
                                                    ways: By possessing subspecialty board                  information technology (HIT) systems                  patients is not renewed or is denied.
                                                    certification in addiction medicine or                  such as electronic health records, when               The new Request for Patient Limit
                                                    addiction psychiatry or by practicing in                practitioners are required to use it in the           Increase process would require
                                                    a qualified practice setting as defined in              practice setting in which he or she                   providers to affirm that they would meet
                                                    the rule. In either case, practitioners                 practices; (5) participation in a                     these requirements. The proposed
                                                    with the higher limit would have to                     prescription drug monitoring program                  definitions of ‘‘behavioral health
                                                    possess a waiver to treat 100 patients for              (PDMP), where operational, and in                     services,’’ ‘‘diversion control plan,’’
                                                    at least 1 year in order to gain                        accordance with State law. PDMP                       ‘‘emergency situation,’’ ‘‘nationally
                                                    experience treating at a higher limit.                  means a statewide electronic database                 recognized evidence-based guidelines’’
                                                    The purpose of offering the 200 patient                 that collects designated data on                      and ‘‘practitioner incapacity’’ would be
                                                    limit to practitioners in these two                     substances dispensed in the State. For                provided in § 8.2 to assist practitioners
                                                    categories is to recognize the benefit                  practitioners providing care in their                 in understanding what is expected of
                                                    offered to patients through: (1) The                    capacity as employees or contractors of               them in making these attestations. These
                                                    advanced training and maintenance of                    a Federal government agency,                          responsibilities would be aligned with
                                                    knowledge and skill associated with the                 participation in a PDMP would be                      the standards of ethical medical and
                                                    acquisition of subspecialty board                       required only when such participation                 business practice and would not be
                                                    certification; and (2) the higher level of              is not restricted based on State law or               expected to be burdensome to
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    direct service provision and care                       regulation based on their state of                    practitioners. Resources exist to help in
                                                    coordination envisioned in the qualified                licensure and is in accordance with                   the development in patient placement
                                                    practice setting. This approach would                   Federal statutes and regulations; and (6)             in the event transfer to other addiction
                                                    restrict access to the 200 patient limit to             employment, or a contractual obligation               treatment would be required, for
                                                    a subset of the practitioners waivered to               to treat patients in a setting that has the           example, if a provider chose to no
                                                    provide care to up to 100 patients. In                  ability to accept third-party payment for             longer practice at the 200 patient limit.
                                                    addition to ensuring higher quality of                  costs in providing health services,                   Examples of these resources would
                                                    care, the criteria for the higher limit                 including written billing, credit and                 include but are not limited to: Single


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM   30MRP1


                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                           17647

                                                    State Authorities and State Opioid                            services (either by direct provision            200. If SAMHSA determined that the
                                                    Treatment Authorities. Practitioners                          or by referral) in the past year due            practitioner had made
                                                    approved to treat up to 200 patients                          to:                                             misrepresentations in his or her Request
                                                    would also be required to reaffirm their                   1. Treatment initiation                            for Patient Limit Increase, or if the
                                                    ongoing eligibility to fulfill these                       2. Change in clinical status                       practitioner no longer satisfied the
                                                    requirements every 3 years as described                 c. Percentage of patients who had a                   requirements of this subpart, or he or
                                                    in § 8.640.                                                   prescription drug monitoring                    she has been found to have violated the
                                                                                                                  program query in the past month                 CSA pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 824(a),
                                                    H. How will a request for patient limit                 d. Number of patients at the end of the               SAMHSA would revoke the
                                                    increase be processed? (§ 8.625)                              reporting year who:                             practitioner’s patient limit increase of
                                                       Proposed § 8.625 would describe how                     1. Have completed an appropriate                   200.
                                                    SAMHSA will process a Request for                             course of treatment with
                                                    Patient Limit increase. The process for                       buprenorphine in order for the                  N. Can a practitioner request to
                                                    requesting a patient limit up to 200                          patient to achieve and sustain                  temporarily treat up to 200 patients in
                                                    would be processed similarly to how the                       recovery                                        emergency situations? (§ 8.655)
                                                    current 30 or 100 patient waiver is                        2. Are not being seen by the provider                 Proposed § 8.655 would describe the
                                                    processed, with one difference. Whereas                       due to referral by the provider to a            process, including the information and
                                                    the lower patient limit waivers are not                       more or less intensive level of care            documentation necessary, for a
                                                    time limited, the waiver for the higher                    3. No longer desire to continue use of             practitioner with an approved 100
                                                    limit of 200 would have a term not to                         buprenorphine                                   patient limit, to request approval to
                                                    exceed 3 years. Thus, a practitioner                       4. Are no longer receiving                         temporarily treat up to 200 patients in
                                                    would be required to submit a new                             buprenorphine for reasons other                 an emergency situation. The intention of
                                                    Request for Patient Limit Increase every                      than 1–3.                                       this provision would be to help assure
                                                    3 years if he or she desired to continue                We seek comment on this list.                         continuity of care for patients whose
                                                    treating up to 200 patients.                                                                                  care might otherwise be abruptly
                                                                                                            K. What is the process for renewing a
                                                                                                                                                                  terminated due to the death or disability
                                                    I. What must practitioners do in order                  practitioner’s request for patient limit              of their practitioner. This provision
                                                    to maintain their approval to treat up to               increase approval? (§ 8.640)                          would also help communities respond
                                                    200 patients under § 8.625? (§ 8.630)                     Proposed § 8.640 would describe the                 rapidly to a sudden increase in demand
                                                       Proposed § 8.630 would describe the                  process for a practitioner renewing his               for medication assisted treatment.
                                                    conditions for maintaining a waiver for                 or her approval for the higher patient                Sudden increases in demand for
                                                    each 3-year period for which waivers                    limit. In order for a practitioner to                 treatment may be experienced when
                                                    are valid, including maintenance of all                 renew an approval, he or she would                    there is a local disease outbreak
                                                    eligibility requirements specified in                   have to submit a renewal Request for                  associated with drug use, or when a
                                                    § 8.610, and all attestations made in                   Patient Limit Increase in accordance                  natural or human-caused disaster either
                                                    accordance with § 8.620(b). Compliance                  with the procedures outlined under                    displaces persons in treatment from
                                                    with the requirements specified in                      § 8.620 at least 90 days before the                   their practitioner or program or destroys
                                                    § 8.620 would have to be continuous.                    expiration of the approval term.                      program infrastructure. The emergency
                                                    This includes compliance with                                                                                 provision generally would not be
                                                                                                            L. What are the responsibilities of
                                                    reporting requirements specified in                                                                           intended to correct poor resource
                                                                                                            practitioners who do not submit a                     deployment due to lack of planning.
                                                    § 8.635.                                                renewal request for patient limit                     The emergency provision of the
                                                    J. What are the reporting requirements                  increase or whose request is denied?                  proposed rule would only be considered
                                                    for practitioners whose request for                     (§ 8.645)                                             if other options for addressing the
                                                    patient limit increase is approved under                   Proposed § 8.645 would describe the                increased demand for medication-
                                                    § 8.625? (§ 8.635)                                      responsibilities of practitioners who do              assisted treatment could not address the
                                                       Proposed § 8.635 would describe the                  not submit a renewal Request for Patient              situation.
                                                    reporting requirements for practitioners                Limit Increase or whose request is                       The practitioner must provide
                                                    whose Request for Patient Limit                         denied. Under § 8.620(b)(7) practitioners             information and documentation that: (1)
                                                    Increase is approved under § 8.625.                     would notify all patients affected above              Describes the emergency situation in
                                                    Reporting would be required annually                    the 100 patient limit, that the                       sufficient detail so as to allow a
                                                    to ensure that eligibility requirements                 practitioner would no longer be able to               determination to be made regarding
                                                    are being maintained and that waiver                    provide MAT services using covered                    whether the emergency qualifies as an
                                                    conditions are being fulfilled. We seek                 medications and would make every                      emergency situation as defined in § 8.2,
                                                    comments on whether the proposed                        effort to transfer patients to other                  and that provides a justification for an
                                                    reporting periods and deadline could be                 addiction treatment.                                  immediate increase in that practitioner’s
                                                    combined with other, existing reporting                                                                       patient limit; (2) Identifies a period of
                                                                                                            M. Can SAMHSA suspend or revoke a                     time in which the higher patient limit
                                                    requirements in a way that would make
                                                                                                            practitioner’s patient limit increase                 should apply, and provides a rationale
                                                    reporting less burdensome for
                                                                                                            approval? (§ 8.650)                                   for the period of time requested; and (3)
                                                    practitioners. Reporting requirements
                                                                                                              Proposed § 8.650 would describe                     Describes an explicit and feasible plan
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    may include a request for information
                                                    regarding:                                              under what circumstances SAMHSA                       to meet the public and individual health
                                                    a. The average monthly caseload of                      would suspend or revoke a                             needs of the impacted persons once the
                                                         patients receiving buprenorphine-                  practitioner’s patient limit increase of              practitioner’s approval to treat up to 200
                                                         based MAT, per year                                200. If SAMHSA had reason to believe                  patients expires. Prior to taking action
                                                    b. Percentage of active buprenorphine                   that immediate action would be                        on a practitioner’s request under this
                                                         patients (patients in treatment as of              necessary to protect public health or                 section, SAMHSA shall consult, to the
                                                         reporting date) that received                      safety, SAMHSA would suspend the                      extent practicable, with the appropriate
                                                         psychosocial or case management                    practitioner’s patient limit increase of              governmental authority in order to


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM   30MRP1


                                                    17648                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    determine whether the emergency                         the information collections set out in                maintained and that waiver conditions
                                                    situation that a practitioner describes                 the previous regulations.                             are being fulfilled. Reporting
                                                    justifies an immediate increase in the                     Information collection requirements                requirements may include a request for
                                                    higher patient limit. If, after                         would be:                                             information regarding: (1) The average
                                                    consultation with the governmental                         A. Approval, 42 CFR 8.620(a) through               monthly caseload of patients receiving
                                                    authority, SAMHSA determines that a                     (c): In order for a practitioner to receive           buprenorphine-based MAT, per year; (2)
                                                    practitioner’s request under this section               approval for a patient limit of 200, a                the percentage of active buprenorphine
                                                    should be granted, SAMHSA will notify                   practitioner must meet all of the                     patients (patients in treatment as of
                                                    the practitioner that his or her request                requirements specified in § 8.610 and                 reporting date) who received
                                                    has been approved. The period of such                   submit a Request for Patient Limit                    psychosocial or case management
                                                    approval shall not exceed six months. A                 Increase to SAMHSA that includes all of               services (either by direct provision or by
                                                    practitioner wishing to receive an                      the following:                                        referral) in the past year due to
                                                    extension of the approval period granted                   • Completed 3-page Request for                     treatment initiation or change in clinical
                                                    must submit a request to SAMHSA at                      Patient Limit Increase Form, a draft of               status; (3) Percentage of patients who
                                                    least 30 days before the expiration of the              which is available for review in the                  had a prescription drug monitoring
                                                    six month period and certify that the                   public docket;                                        program query in the past month; (4)
                                                    emergency situation continues. Except                      • Statement certifying that the                    Number of patients at the end of the
                                                    as provided in this section and § 8.650,                practitioner:                                         reporting year who: (a) Have completed
                                                    requirements in other sections under                       Æ Will adhere to nationally                        an appropriate course of treatment with
                                                    subpart F do not apply to practitioners                 recognized evidence-based guidelines                  buprenorphine in order for the patient
                                                    receiving waivers in this section.                      for the treatment of patients with opioid             to achieve and sustain recovery, (b) Are
                                                                                                            use disorders;                                        not being seen by the provider due to
                                                    V. Collection of Information                               Æ Will provide patients with                       referral by the provider to a more or less
                                                    Requirements                                            necessary behavioral health services as               intensive level of care, (c) No longer
                                                       Under the Paperwork Reduction Act                    defined in § 8.2 or will provide such                 desire to continue use of
                                                    of 1995 (PRA), agencies are required to                 services through an established formal                buprenorphine, (d) Are no longer
                                                    provide 60-day notice in the Federal                    agreement with another entity to                      receiving buprenorphine for reasons
                                                    Register and solicit public comment                     provide behavioral health services;                   other than (a) through (c). To facilitate
                                                    before a collection of information                         Æ Will provide appropriate releases of             public comment, we have placed a draft
                                                    requirement is submitted to the Office of               information, in accordance with Federal               version of the collection template in the
                                                    Management and Budget (OMB) for                         and State laws and regulations,                       public docket.
                                                    review and approval. Currently, the                     including the Health Information                         D. Renewal, 42 CFR 8.640: Describes
                                                    information collection associated with                  Portability and Accountability Act                    the process for a practitioner renewing
                                                    the 30-patient and 100-patient limits is                Privacy Rule and part 2 of this chapter,              his or her approval for the higher
                                                    approved under OMB Control No. 0930–                    if applicable, to permit the coordination             patient limit. In order for a practitioner
                                                    0234. In order to fairly evaluate whether               of care with behavioral health, medical,              to renew an approval, he or she must
                                                    changes to an information collection                    and other service practitioners;                      submit a renewal Request for Patient
                                                                                                               Æ Will use patient data to inform the              Limit Increase in accordance with the
                                                    should be approved by the OMB,
                                                                                                            improvement of outcomes;                              procedures outlined under § 8.620 at
                                                    section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA
                                                                                                               Æ Will adhere to a diversion control               least 90 days before the expiration of the
                                                    requires that we solicit comment on the
                                                                                                            plan to manage the covered medications                approval term.
                                                    following issues:
                                                                                                            and reduce the possibility of diversion                  E. Patient Notice, 42 CFR 8.645:
                                                       1. Whether the information collection                of covered medications from legitimate                Describes the responsibilities of
                                                    is necessary and useful to carry out the                treatment use;                                        practitioners who do not submit a
                                                    proper functions of the agency;                            Æ Has considered how to assure                     renewal Request for Patient Limit
                                                       2. The accuracy of the agency’s                      continuous access to care in the event                Increase. Practitioners who do not
                                                    estimate of the information collection                  of practitioner incapacity or an                      renew their Request for Patient Limit
                                                    burden;                                                 emergency situation that would impact                 Increase must notify all patients above
                                                       3. The quality, utility, and clarity of              a patient’s access to care as defined in              the 100 patient limit that the
                                                    the information to be collected; and                    § 8.2; and                                            practitioner will no longer be able to
                                                       4. Recommendations to minimize the                      Æ Will notify all patients above the               provide MAT services using covered
                                                    information collection burden on the                    100 patient level, in the event that the              medications and make every effort to
                                                    affected public, including automated                    request for the higher patient limit is not           transfer patients to other addiction
                                                    collection techniques.                                  renewed or is denied, that the                        treatment. The Patient Notice is a model
                                                       Under the PRA, the time, effort, and                 practitioner will no longer be able to                notice to guide practitioners in this
                                                    financial resources necessary to meet                   provide MAT services using                            situation when they notify their
                                                    the information collection requirements                 buprenorphine to them and make every                  patients.
                                                    referenced in this section are to be                    effort to transfer patients to other                     F. Emergency Provisions, 42 CFR
                                                    considered in rulemaking. We explicitly                 addiction treatment;                                  8.655: Describes the process for
                                                    seek, and will consider, public comment                    B. Diversion Control Plan, 42 CFR                  practitioners with a current waiver to
                                                    on our assumptions as they relate to the                8.12(c)(2): Creating and maintaining a                prescribe up to 100 patients, and who
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    PRA requirements summarized in this                     diversion control plan is one of the                  are not otherwise eligible to treat up to
                                                    section. This proposed rule includes                    requirements that practitioners must                  200 patients, to request a temporary
                                                    changes to information collection                       attest to before they are approved to                 increase to treat up to 200 patients in
                                                    requirements, that is, reporting,                       treat at the higher limit. This plan is not           order to address emergency situations as
                                                    recordkeeping or third-party disclosure                 required to be submitted to SAMHSA.                   defined in § 8.2. To initiate this process,
                                                    requirements, as defined under the PRA                     C. Reporting, 42 CFR 8.635: Reporting              the practitioner shall provide
                                                    (5 CFR part 1320). Some of the                          will be required annually to ensure that              information and documentation that: (1)
                                                    provisions would involve changes from                   eligibility requirements are being                    Describes the emergency situation in


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM   30MRP1


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                                                  17649

                                                    sufficient detail so as to allow a                                       apply, and provides a rationale for the                               she must submit a request to SAMHSA
                                                    determination to be made regarding                                       period of time requested; and (3)                                     at least 30 days before the expiration of
                                                    whether the situation qualifies as an                                    Describes an explicit and feasible plan                               the 6-month period, and certify that the
                                                    emergency situation as defined in § 8.2,                                 to meet the public and individual health                              emergency situation as defined in § 8.2
                                                    and that provides a justification for an                                 needs of the impacted persons once the                                necessitating an increased patient limit
                                                    immediate increase in that practitioner’s                                practitioner’s approval to treat up to 200                            continues.
                                                    patient limit; (2) Identifies a period of                                patients expires. If a practitioner wishes                               Annual burden estimates for these
                                                    time, not longer than 6 months, in                                       to receive an extension of the approval                               requirements are summarized in the
                                                    which the higher patient limit should                                    period granted under this section, he or                              following table:

                                                                                                                                                                                      Burden/              Total
                                                              42 CFR                                                                         Number of      Responses/                                                  Hourly wage            Total wage
                                                                                             Purpose of submission                                                                   response             burden
                                                              Citation                                                                      respondents     respondent                                                    cost ($)              cost ($)
                                                                                                                                                                                       (hour)             (hour)

                                                    8.620(a) through (c) ....           Request for Patient Limit In-                              517                        1                    .5          259              $93.74            $24,232
                                                                                          crease.
                                                    8.12(c)(2) ....................     Diversion Control Plan ...........                          517                      1                     .5          259                93.74            24,232
                                                    8.635 ...........................   Annual Report ........................                    1,350                      1                      3        4,050                64.47           261,104
                                                    8.640 ...........................   Renewal Request for a Pa-                                     0                      1                     .5            0                93.74                 0
                                                                                          tient Limit Increase.
                                                    8.645 ...........................   Patient Notice .........................                      0                      1                      3               0             93.74                 0
                                                    8.655(d) .......................    Request for a Temporary Pa-                                  10                      1                      3              30             64.47             1,934
                                                                                          tient Increase for an Emer-
                                                                                          gency.

                                                          Total .....................   .................................................         2,394     ....................   ....................      4,598      ....................      311,502



                                                      Note that these estimates differ from                                  economy of $100 million or more in at                                 after adjustment for inflation is $144
                                                    those found in the RIA because the                                       least 1 year and therefore is a significant                           million, using the most current (2014)
                                                    estimates here are wage cost estimates                                   regulatory action as defined by                                       implicit price deflator for the gross
                                                    while the estimates in the RIA are                                       Executive Order 12866.                                                domestic product. HHS expects this
                                                    resource cost estimates which                                               The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)                               proposed rule to result in expenditures
                                                    incorporate costs associated with                                        requires agencies that issue a regulation                             that would exceed this amount.
                                                    overhead and benefits.                                                   to analyze options for regulatory relief                                 Executive Order 13132 establishes
                                                      For more detailed estimates, please                                    of small businesses if a rule has a                                   certain requirements that an agency
                                                    refer to the public docket, which                                        significant impact on a substantial                                   must meet when it promulgates a rule
                                                    includes a copy of the draft supporting                                  number of small entities. The RFA                                     that imposes substantial direct
                                                    statement associated with this                                           generally defines a ‘‘small entity’’ as (1)                           requirement costs on State and local
                                                    information collection.                                                  a proprietary firm meeting the size                                   governments or has federalism
                                                    VI. Regulatory Impact Analysis                                           standards of the Small Business                                       implications. HHS has determined that
                                                                                                                             Administration; (2) a nonprofit                                       the proposed rule, if finalized, would
                                                    A. Introduction                                                          organization that is not dominant in its                              not contain policies that would have
                                                       HHS has examined the impact of this                                   field; or (3) a small government                                      substantial direct effects on the States,
                                                    proposed rule under Executive Order                                      jurisdiction with a population of less                                on the relationship between the Federal
                                                    12866 on Regulatory Planning and                                         than 50,000 (States and individuals are                               Government and the States, or on the
                                                    Review (September 30, 1993), Executive                                   not included in the definition of ‘‘small                             distribution of power and
                                                    Order 13563 on Improving Regulation                                      entity’’). HHS considers a rule to have                               responsibilities among the various
                                                    and Regulatory Review (January 18,                                       a significant economic impact on a                                    levels of government. The proposed
                                                    2011), the Regulatory Flexibility Act of                                 substantial number of small entities if at                            changes in the rule represent the
                                                    1980 (Pub. L. 96–354, September 19,                                      least 5 percent of small entities                                     Federal Government regulating its own
                                                    1980), the Unfunded Mandates Reform                                      experience an impact of more than 3                                   program. Accordingly, HHS concludes
                                                    Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104–4, March 22,                                    percent of revenue. HHS anticipates that                              that the proposed rule does not contain
                                                    1995), and Executive Order 13132 on                                      the proposed rule will not have a                                     policies that have federalism
                                                    Federalism (August 4, 1999).                                             significant economic impact on a                                      implications as defined in Executive
                                                       Executive Order 12866 directs                                         substantial number of small entities. We                              Order 13132 and, consequently, a
                                                    agencies to assess all costs and benefits                                provide supporting analysis in section                                federalism summary impact statement is
                                                    of available regulatory alternatives and,                                F.                                                                    not required.
                                                    if regulation is necessary, to select                                       Section 202(a) of the Unfunded
                                                    regulatory approaches that maximize                                      Mandates Reform Act of 1995 requires                                  B. Summary of the Proposed Rule
                                                    net benefits (including potential                                        that agencies prepare a written                                          Section 303(g)(2) of the CSA (21
                                                    economic, environmental, public health,                                  statement, which includes an                                          U.S.C. 823(g)(2)) allows individual
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    and safety effects; distributive impacts;                                assessment of anticipated costs and                                   practitioners to dispense and prescribe
                                                    and equity). Executive Order 13563 is                                    benefits, before proposing ‘‘any rule that                            Schedule III, IV, or V controlled
                                                    supplemental to and reaffirms the                                        includes any Federal mandate that may                                 substances that have been approved by
                                                    principles, structures, and definitions                                  result in the expenditure by State, local,                            the FDA specifically for use in
                                                    governing regulatory review as                                           and tribal governments, in the aggregate,                             maintenance and detoxification
                                                    established in Executive Order 12866.                                    or by the private sector, of $100,000,000                             treatment without obtaining the separate
                                                    HHS expects that this proposed rule                                      or more (adjusted annually for inflation)                             registration required by 21 CFR
                                                    will have an annual effect on the                                        in any one year.’’ The current threshold                              1301.13(e) and imposes a limit on the


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014       16:36 Mar 29, 2016        Jkt 238001       PO 00000         Frm 00031   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702        E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM          30MRP1


                                                    17650                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    number of patients a practitioner may                   Practitioners approved to treat up to 200               Underlying many of these deaths is an
                                                    treat at any one time.                                  patients will also be required to accept                untreated opioid use disorder.58 59 60 In
                                                       Section 303(g)(2)(B)(iii) of the CSA                 greater responsibility for providing                    2014, more than 2.2 million people met
                                                    allows qualified practitioners who file                 behavioral health services and care                     diagnostic criteria for an opioid use
                                                    an initial NOI to treat a maximum of 30                 coordination, and ensuring quality                      disorder.61
                                                    patients at a time. After one year, the                 assurance and improvement practices,                      Beyond the increase in overdose
                                                    practitioner may file a second NOI                      diversion control, and continuity of care               deaths, the health and economic
                                                    indicating his/her intent to treat up to                in emergencies. The higher limit will                   consequences of opioid use disorders
                                                    100 patients at a time. To qualify, the                 also carry with it the duty to regularly                are substantial. In 2011, the most recent
                                                    practitioner must be a practitioner,                    reaffirm the practitioner’s ongoing                     year data are available, an estimated
                                                    possess a valid license to practice                     eligibility and to participate in data                  660,000 emergency department visits
                                                    medicine, be a registrant of the DEA,                   reporting and monitoring as required by                 were due to the misuse or abuse of
                                                    have the capacity to refer patients for                 SAMHSA. In addition, practitioners in                   prescription opioids, heroin, or both.62
                                                    appropriate counseling and other                        good standing with a current waiver to                  A recent analysis estimated the costs
                                                    appropriate ancillary services, and have                treat up to 100 patients (i.e., the                     associated with emergency department
                                                    completed required training. The                        practitioner has filed a NOI and satisfied              and hospital inpatient care for opioid
                                                    training requirement may be satisfied in                all required criteria) may request                      abuse-related events in the United
                                                    several ways: One may hold                              approval to treat up to 200 patients in                 States was more than $9 billion per
                                                    subspecialty board certification in                     specific emergency situations for a                     year.63 The societal costs of prescription
                                                    addiction psychiatry from the American                  limited time period specified in the                    opioid abuse, dependence, and misuse
                                                    Board of Medical Specialties or                         rule. We anticipate that qualifying                     in the United States in 2011 were
                                                    addiction medicine from the American                    emergency situations will occur very                    estimated at $55.7 billion annually, not
                                                    Osteopathic Association; hold an                        infrequently. As a result, we do not                    including societal costs related to heroin
                                                    addiction certification from the                        anticipate that this provision will                     use.64
                                                    American Society of Addiction                           contribute significantly to the impact of                 Beginning around 2006, the United
                                                    Medicine (ASAM); complete an 8-hour                     this proposed rule. SAMHSA will                         States started to experience a significant
                                                    training provided by an approved                        review all emergency situation requests,                increase in the rate of hepatitis C virus
                                                    organization; have participated as an                   to the extent practicable, in consultation              infections. The available epidemiology
                                                    investigator in one or more clinical                    with appropriate governmental                           indicates this increase is largely due to
                                                    trials leading to the approval of a                     authorities before such requests are                    the increased injection of prescription
                                                    medication that qualifies to be                         granted. Finally, the proposed rule                     opioids and heroin.65 66 In addition, in
                                                    prescribed under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2); or                defines patient limit in such a way that                2015, a large outbreak of HIV in a small
                                                    complete other training or have such                    firmly ties the individual patient to the               rural community in Indiana was linked
                                                    other experience as the state medical                   prescribing practitioner of record rather               to injection of prescription opioids,
                                                    licensing board or Secretary of HHS                     than to the covering practitioner at a                  primarily injection of the prescription
                                                    considers to demonstrate the ability of                 given moment. This will enable                          opioid oxymorphone. Over 80 percent
                                                    the practitioner to treat and manage                    waivered practitioners to provide
                                                    persons with opioid use disorder.                       reciprocal cross-coverage of patients for               drug_poisoning_involving_OA_Heroin_US_2000-
                                                       Pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(B)(iii),             brief periods, such as weekends or                      2014.pdf.
                                                    the Secretary is authorized to                          vacations, without being considered to
                                                                                                                                                                       58 Johnson EM, Lanier WA, Merrill RM, et al.

                                                    promulgate regulations that change the                                                                          Unintentional Prescription opioid-related overdose
                                                                                                            be in excess of their respective                        deaths: description of decedents by next of kin or
                                                    total number of patients that a                         individual limits. Although this is a                   best contact, Utah, 2008–2009. J Gen Intern Med.
                                                    practitioner may treat at any one time.                                                                         2013;28(4):522–529.
                                                                                                            positive aspect of the proposed rule and
                                                       The laws pertaining to the utilization                                                                          59 Hall AJ, Logan JE, Toblin RL, et al. Patterns of
                                                                                                            will help to ensure continuity of care in
                                                    of buprenorphine were last revised                                                                              abuse among unintentional pharmaceutical
                                                    approximately ten years ago at a time                   select situations, we expect that this                  overdose fatalities. JAMA. 2008;300(22):2613–2620.
                                                    when the extent of the opioid public                    will primarily affect the timing of                        60 Bohnert AS, Valenstein M, Bair MJ, et al.


                                                    health crisis was less well-documented.                 treatment rather than the quantity of                   Association between opioid prescribing patterns
                                                                                                            treatment. As a result, we do not                       and opioid overdose-related deaths. JAMA.
                                                    The purpose of the proposed rule is to                                                                          2011;305(13):1315–1321.
                                                    expand access to MAT with                               anticipate that this change will                           61 Jones CM. Unpublished analysis of the 2014

                                                    buprenorphine while encouraging                         contribute significantly to the impact of               National Survey on Drug Use and Health Public Use
                                                    practitioners administering                             this proposed rule, and we do not                       File. 2015.
                                                    buprenorphine to ensure their patients                  estimate the associated costs and                          62 Id..
                                                                                                                                                                       63 Chandwani HS, Strassels SA, Rascati KL,
                                                    can receive the full array of services that             benefits.
                                                                                                                                                                    Lawson KA, Wilson JP. Estimates of charges
                                                    comprise evidence-based MAT and to                      C. Need for the Proposed Rule                           associated with emergency department and hospital
                                                    minimize the risk of drug diversion. The                                                                        inpatient care for opioid abuse-related events. J Pain
                                                                                                              The United States is facing an                        Palliat Care Pharmacother. 2013;27(3):206–13.
                                                    proposed rule would revise the highest
                                                                                                            unprecedented increase in prescription                     64 Birnhaum HG, White AG, Schiller M, Waldman
                                                    patient limit from 100 patients per
                                                                                                            opioid abuse, heroin use and opioid-                    T, et al. Societal costs of prescription opioid abuse,
                                                    practitioner with an existing waiver                                                                            dependence, and misuse in the United States. Pain
                                                                                                            related overdose deaths. In 2014, 18,893
                                                    (waivered practitioner) to 200 patients                                                                         Med. 2011;12(4):657–67.
                                                                                                            overdose deaths involved prescription
                                                    for practitioners who meet certain                                                                                 65 Suryaprasad AG, White JZ, Xu F, et al.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                            opioids and 10,574 involved heroin.57                   Emerging epidemic of hepatitis C virus infections
                                                    criteria in addition to those established
                                                                                                                                                                    among young nonurban persons who inject drugs in
                                                    in statute. Practitioners who have had a                  57 Center for Disease Control and Prevention,         the United States, 2006–2012. Clin Infect Dis
                                                    waiver to treat 100 patients for at least               National Center for Health Statistics, National Vital   2014;59:1411–9.
                                                    one year could obtain approval to treat                 Statistics System, Mortality File. (2015). Number          66 Zibbell JE, Iqbal K, Patel RC, Suryaprasad A, et

                                                    up to 200 patients if they meet the                     and Age-Adjusted Rates of Drug-poisoning Deaths         al. Increases in hepatitis C virus infection related
                                                                                                            Involving Opioid Analgesics and Heroin: United          to injection drug use related to injection drug use
                                                    requirements defined in this proposed                   States, 2000–2014. Atlanta, GA: Center for Disease      among persons aged ≤30 years—Kentucky,
                                                    rule and after submitting a Request for                 Control and Prevention. Available at http://            Tennessee, Virginia, and West Virginia, 2006–2012.
                                                    Patient Limit Increase to SAMHSA.                       www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/health_policy/AADR_               MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2015;64(17):453–8.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM    30MRP1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                              17651

                                                    of the 135 cases, as of April 2015,                      make up evidence-based MAT.                            practitioner can treat with
                                                    identified in the outbreak were co-                      Generally, there is significant unmet                  buprenorphine, then, could have a
                                                    infected with hepatitis C virus.67 The                   need for MAT treatment among                           direct impact on buprenorphine
                                                    infectious disease consequences                          individuals with opioid use disorders.78               capacity and utilization.
                                                    associated with opioid injection have                    There is also substantial geographic                      In addition to direct barriers to
                                                    been found to account for a substantial                  variation in the capacity to prescribe                 treating additional patients imposed by
                                                    proportion of the economic burden and                    buprenorphine. Research suggests that                  the patient limit, there are indirect
                                                    disability associated with opioid use                    10 percent of the population live in                   barriers to expanding treatment
                                                    disorders.68                                             areas where there is a shortage of                     capacity. In particular, increases in a
                                                       There is robust literature                            practitioners eligible to prescribe                    practitioner’s ability to expand his or
                                                    documenting the effectiveness and cost-                  buprenorphine or in counties that have                 her patient base will allow the
                                                    effectiveness of the use of                              no practitioners with a waiver to                      practitioner to take advantage of
                                                    buprenorphine in the treatment of                        prescribe buprenorphine.79 These are                   economies of scale to increase the
                                                    opioid use disorder. Buprenorphine has                   primarily rural counties and areas                     practice’s efficiency. For example, a
                                                    been shown to increase treatment                         located in the middle of the country.80                practitioner with a larger practice is
                                                    retention and to reduce opioid use,                      Only about 5 percent of practitioners                  more likely to be able to afford to hire
                                                    relapse risk, and risk behaviors that                    with the 100 patient limit are located in              specialized support staff, which allows
                                                    transmit HIV and hepatitis.69 70 71 72 73 74             rural counties.81                                      the practitioner to reduce time spent on
                                                    Reductions in opioid-related mortality                      Evidence suggests that utilization of               tasks best suited for another individual.
                                                    also have been shown for                                 buprenorphine is limited directly by the               This may help to enable the provision
                                                    buprenorphine.75 76 77                                   existence of treatment caps.                           of the full complement of ancillary
                                                       Despite these well-documented                         Practitioners currently providing MAT                  services that make up evidence-based
                                                    benefits, buprenorphine treatment for                    with buprenorphine under 21 U.S.C.                     MAT. Increasing a practitioner’s
                                                    opioid use disorder is significantly                     823(g)(2) report that being limited to                 maximum capacity for treatment has the
                                                    underutilized and often does not                         treating not more than 100 patients at a               potential to make treating patients with
                                                    incorporate the full scope of                            time is a barrier to expanding                         buprenorphine more economically
                                                    recommended clinical practices that                      treatment.82 83 84 A recent survey by                  feasible, which furthers the argument
                                                                                                             ASAM found that among the 1,309                        that these proposed changes will
                                                      67 Conrad,    supra note 17.                           respondents (approximately 35 percent                  increase capacity to prescribe
                                                      68 Degenhardt    L, Whiteford HA, Ferrari AJ,          of ASAM’s membership), comprising a                    buprenorphine.
                                                    Charlson FJ, et al. Global burden of disease
                                                    attributable to illicit drug use and dependence:         range of addiction stakeholders,                          The statutory change implemented in
                                                    findings from the Global Burden of Disease Study         including those working in OTPs and                    2007 that increased the limit on the
                                                    2010. Lancet 2013;382(9904):1564–74.                     outpatient or office-based practice
                                                       69 Clark RE, Baxter JD, Aweh G, O’Connell E, et
                                                                                                                                                                    number of buprenorphine patients a
                                                                                                             settings, 544, or 41.6 percent, were                   practitioner could treat from 30 to 100,
                                                    al. Risk factors for relapse and higher costs among
                                                    Medicaid members with opioid dependence or               currently treating more than 80 patients,              after having a 30 patient limit for 1 year,
                                                    abuse: opioid agonists, comorbidities, and treatment     and 796, or 60.8 percent, reported there               was associated with a significant
                                                    history. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2015;57:75–80.             was demand for treatment in excess of
                                                       70 Mattick RP, Breen C, Kimber J, Davoli M.
                                                                                                                                                                    increase in the use of buprenorphine.86
                                                                                                             the current 100 patient limit under the                In 2007, when practitioners were first
                                                    Buprenorphine maintenance versus placebo or
                                                    methadone maintenance for opioid dependence.             Drug Addiction Treatment Act of 2000                   able to treat up to 100 patients, nearly
                                                    Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014 Feb                     (Pub. L. 106–310).85 Increasing the                    25 percent of eligible practitioners
                                                    6;2:CD002207. doi: 10.1002/14651858.                     number of patients that a single                       submitted a NOI to treat 100 patients
                                                    CD002207.pub4.
                                                       71 Kraus ML, Alford DP, Kotz MM, et al.                                                                      (1,937 practitioners out of 7,887
                                                                                                               78 Jones,  supra note 53.
                                                    Statement of the American Society of Addiction             79 Rosenblatt
                                                                                                                                                                    practitioners).87 The findings from the
                                                                                                                              RA, Andrilla CH, Catlin M, Larson
                                                    Medicine consensus panel on the use of
                                                                                                             EH. Geographic and specialty distribution of US
                                                                                                                                                                    ASAM survey discussed above and
                                                    buprenorphine in office-based treatment of opioid                                                               additional information indicate there is
                                                    addiction. J Addict Med. 2011;5 (4):254–263.             physicians trained to treat opioid use disorder. Ann
                                                       72 Bonhomme J, Shim RS, Gooden R, Tyus D, Rust        Fam Med. 2015 Jan–Feb;13(1):23–6. doi: 10.1370/        sufficient demand from both providers
                                                                                                             afm.1735.                                              and patients to raise the patient limit. In
                                                    G. Opioid addiction and abuse in primary care
                                                                                                                80 Dick AW, Pacula RL, Gordon A.J, Sorbero M,
                                                    practice: a comparison of methadone and                                                                         addition, based on the experience in
                                                    buprenorphine as treatment options. J Natl Med           et al. Growth in buprenorphine waivers for
                                                                                                             physicians increased potential access to opioid        2007, it is expected that some
                                                    Assoc. 2012;104(7–8):342–350.
                                                       73 Tsui JI, Evans JL, Lum PJ, Hahn JA, Page K.        agonist treatment, 2002–11. Health Affairs             proportion of eligible practitioners will
                                                    Association of opioid agonist therapy with lower         2015;34(6):1028–1034.                                  respond to the proposed rule by
                                                                                                                81 Stein BD, Pacula RL, Gordon AJ, Burns RM, et
                                                    incidence of hepatitis C virus infection in young                                                               submitting a Request for Patient Limit
                                                    adult injection drug users. JAMA Intern Med.             al. Where is buprenorphine dispensed to treat
                                                                                                             opioid use disorders? The role of private offices,
                                                                                                                                                                    Increase to treat up to 200 patients.
                                                    2014;174(12):1974–1981.
                                                       74 Woody GE, Bruce D, Korthuis PT, Chhatre S,         opioid treatment programs, and substance abuse         D. Analysis of Benefits and Costs
                                                    et al. HIV risk reduction with buprenorphine-            treatment facilities in urban and rural counties.
                                                    naloxone or methadone: findings from a                   Milbank Quarterly 2015;93(3):56561–583.                a. Increased Ability for Waivered
                                                                                                                82 Molfenter T, Sherbeck C, Zehner M, Starr S.
                                                    randomized trial. J Acuir Immune Defic Syndr.                                                                   Practitioners To Treat Patients With
                                                    2015;68(5):554–61.                                       Buprenorphine Prescribing Availability in a Sample
                                                       75 Clark RE, Samnaliev M, Baxter JD, Leung GY.        of Ohio Specialty Treatment Organizations. J Addict    Buprenorphine-Based MAT
                                                    The evidence doesn’t justify steps by state Medicaid     Behav Ther Rehabil. 2015;4(2). pii: 1000140.             This proposed rule directly expands
                                                                                                                83 Molfenter T, Sherbeck C, Zehner M, Quanbeck
                                                    programs to restrict opioid addiction treatment with
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                             A, et al. Implementing buprenorphine in addiction
                                                                                                                                                                    opportunities for physicians who
                                                    buprenorphine. Health Aff (Millwood).
                                                    2011;30(8):1425–1433.                                    treatment: payer and provider perspectives in Ohio.    currently treat or who may treat patients
                                                       76 Schwartz RP, Gryczynski J, O’Grady KE, et al.      Subst Abuse Treat Prev Policy. 2015;10:13. doi:        with buprenorphine, as they will now
                                                    Opioid agonist treatments and heroin overdose            10.1186/s13011–015–0009–2.                             have the potential to treat up to 200
                                                                                                                84 Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services
                                                    deaths in Baltimore, Maryland, 1995–2009. Am J                                                                  patients with buprenorphine. We
                                                    Public Health. 2013;103(5):917–922.                      Administration, supra note 49.
                                                       77 Carrieri MP, Amass L, Lucas GM, Vlahov D,             85 American Society of Addiction Medicine. 2015.    believe that this may translate to a
                                                    Wodak A, Woody GE. Buprenorphine use: the                Available at: http://www.asam.org/magazine/read/
                                                                                                                                                                     86 Stein   supra note 82.
                                                    international experience. Clin Infect Dis.               article/2015/12/08/addiction-specialists-weigh-in-
                                                    2006;43(suppl 4):S197–S215.                              on-the-data-2000-patient-limits.                        87 Jones,   supra note 53.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014    16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00033   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM   30MRP1


                                                    17652                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    financial opportunity for these                         comparable to medical and surgical                      evidence-based treatment for an opioid
                                                    physicians, depending on the costs                      coverage in many types of insurance                     use disorder, practitioners need a
                                                    associated with treating these additional               policies. Insurance coverage and cost of                minimum volume of patients. Allowing
                                                    patients.                                               treatment are often cited as important                  practitioners to treat up to 200 patients
                                                       Relatedly, this proposed rule may                    reasons that individuals seeking                        at a time would be a step towards
                                                    increase the value of the waiver to treat               treatment have not used                                 supporting practitioners that seek to
                                                    opioid use disorder under 21 U.S.C.                     buprenorphine.90 91 92 93 A NPRM to                     hire nurses and other clinical staff to
                                                    823(g)(2). The proposed rule would                      extend parity protections to Medicaid                   reduce practitioners’ time requirements
                                                    require practitioners to have a waiver to               managed care was released in the spring                 and to provide the ancillary services of
                                                    treat 100 patients for 1 year and to have               of 2015. These changes in health                        high-quality MAT with buprenorphine.
                                                    a subspecialty board certification in                   insurance coverage should improve                       This impact of leveraging non-
                                                    addiction medicine, a subspecialty                      access to substance use disorder                        physicians to facilitate expanded access
                                                    board certification in addiction                        treatment, including buprenorphine.                     to buprenorphine has been
                                                    psychiatry, or to practice in a qualified                                                                       demonstrated in both Vermont and
                                                    practice setting as defined in the rule in              c. Increased Time To Treat Patients
                                                                                                                                                                    Massachusetts.99 100
                                                    order to request approval to treat 200                     Lack of practitioner time to treat                      Discussions with stakeholders about
                                                    patients. If getting to the 200-patient                 patients with opioid use disorder,                      approaches to expanding access to
                                                    limit provides sufficient benefits to                   which includes a patient exam,                          MAT, including the use of
                                                    practitioners, this proposed rule may                   medication consultation, counseling,                    buprenorphine-based MAT, suggest that
                                                    also increase incentives for other                      and other appropriate treatment                         expanding the patient limit in general
                                                    practitioners to apply for the lower                    services, and lack of behavioral health                 will result in increased efficiencies in
                                                    patient limit waivers, insofar as they are              staff to provide these ancillary services,              treating opioid use disorder patients. It
                                                    milestones towards the 200-patient cap.                 are additional barriers to providing                    will allow treating practitioners to
                                                    In addition, this rule may also make it                 MAT with buprenorphine in the office-                   provide the physician-appropriate
                                                    more valuable for practitioners to have                 based setting.94 95 These barriers could                services consistent with their waiver. It
                                                    subspecialty board certifications in                    be addressed by leveraging the time and                 will provide more efficient supportive
                                                    addiction medicine and addiction                        skills of clinical support staff, such as               care, not related to prescribing or
                                                    psychiatry, or to practice in a qualified               nurses and clinical social workers. For                 administering buprenorphine-
                                                    practice setting. The proposed rule,                    example, in Massachusetts and                           containing products, by allowing the
                                                    then, may increase the number of                        Vermont, nurses provide screening,                      treating practitioner to supervise this
                                                    practitioners in these categories and                   intake, education, and other ancillary                  care, which can be provided by
                                                    thus the number of practitioners eligible               services for patients treated with                      physician assistants, nurse practitioners,
                                                    for the 200 patient limit in the future.                buprenorphine. This enables                             nurse case managers, and other
                                                                                                            practitioners to treat additional patients              behavioral health specialists.
                                                    b. Increased Treatment for Patients                     and to provide the requisite
                                                       Permitting practitioners to treat up to              psychosocial services.96 97 98 However,                 d. Federal Costs Associated With
                                                    200 patients will only be successful if it              in order to afford a nurse or other                     Disseminating Information About the
                                                    results in practitioners serving                        clinician dedicated to providing                        Rule
                                                    additional patients. As discussed                                                                                  Following publication of a final rule
                                                    previously, there are many reasons to                     90 Volkow,    supra note 38.                          that builds upon this proposal and
                                                    expect this to happen as a result of                      91 Sohler   NL, Weiss L, Egan JE, et al. Consumer     public comments, SAMHSA will work
                                                    finalization of this proposed rule. In                  attitudes about opioid addiction treatment: a focus     to educate providers about the
                                                                                                            group study in New York City. J Opioid Manag.
                                                    addition, we expect that other factors                  2013;9(2):111–119.
                                                                                                                                                                    requirements and opportunities for
                                                    could amplify the impact of the changes                    92 . Greenfield BL, Owens MD, Ley D. Opioid use      requesting and obtaining approval to
                                                    proposed in the rule. First, following the              in Albuquerque, New Mexico: a needs assessment          treat up to 200 patients under 21 U.S.C.
                                                    implementation of the Affordable Care                   of recent changes and treatment availability. Addict    823(g)(2). SAMHSA will prepare
                                                                                                            Sci Clin Pract. 2014;9:10. doi: 10.1186/1940–0640–      materials summarizing the changes as a
                                                    Act, health insurance coverage has                      9–10.
                                                    expanded dramatically in the United                        93 American Society of Addiction Medicine. State     result of the final rule, and provide
                                                    States. The uninsured rate among adults                 Medicaid coverage and authorization requirements        these materials to practitioners
                                                    age 18–64 declined from 22.3 percent in                 for opioid dependence medications. 2013. Available      potentially affected by the rulemaking
                                                    2010 to 12.7 percent during the first 6                 at: http://www.asam.org/docs/advocacy/                  upon publication of the final rule.
                                                                                                            Implications-for-Opioid-Addiction-Treatment.
                                                    months of 2015.88 Further, the                             94 Hutchinson E, Catlin M, Andrilla CH, Baldwin
                                                                                                                                                                    SAMHSA has already established
                                                    Affordable Care Act expanded coverage                   LM, Rosenblatt RA. Barriers to primary care
                                                                                                                                                                    channels for disseminating information
                                                    includes populations at high-risk for                   physicians prescribing buprenorphine. Ann Fam           about rule changes to stakeholders, it is
                                                    opioid use disorders that previously did                Med. 2014 Mar-Apr;12(2):128–33.                         estimated that preparing and
                                                    not have sufficient access to health                       95 DeFlavio JR, Rolin SA, Nordstrom BR, Kazal
                                                                                                                                                                    disseminating these materials will cost
                                                                                                            LA Jr. Analysis of barriers to adoption of              approximately $40,000, based upon
                                                    insurance coverage.89 Second, parity                    buprenorphine maintenance therapy by family
                                                    protections from the Mental Health                      physicians. Rural RemoteHealth. 2015;15:3019.           experience soliciting public comment
                                                    Parity and Addiction Equity Act and the                 Epub 2015 Feb 4.                                        on past rules and publications such as
                                                                                                               96 Alford D, LaBelle C, Richardson J, O’Connell J,
                                                    Affordable Care Act will include
                                                                                                            et al. Treating homeless opioid dependent patients         99 LaBelle CT, Han SC, Bergeron A, Samet JH.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    coverage for mental health and                          with buprenorphine in an office-based setting.          Office-Based Opioid Treatment with Buprenorphine
                                                    substance use disorder treatment that is                Society of General Internal Medicine. 2007; 22:         (OBOT–B): Statewide Implementation of the
                                                                                                            171–176.                                                Massachusetts Collaborative Care Model in
                                                      88 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.           97 Labelle, C. Nurse Care Manager Model. http://     Community Health Centers. J Subst Abuse Treat.
                                                    Health insurance coverage: early release of             buprenorphine.samhsa.gov/presentations/                 2016;60:6–13.
                                                    estimates from the National Health Interview            LaBelle.pdf.                                               100 Vermont Department of Health. The
                                                    Survey, January–June 2015. Available at: http://           98 State of Vermont: Concept for Medicaid Health     effectiveness of Vermont’s System of Opioid
                                                    www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nhis/earlyrelease/insur           Home Program http://hcr.vermont.gov/sites/hcr/          Addiction Treatment. 2015. Available at: http://
                                                    201511.pdf.                                             files/VT_SPA_Concept_Paper_final_CMS_10_02_             legislature.vermont.gov/assets/Legislative-Reports/
                                                      89 Jones, supra note 53.                              12.pdf.                                                 Opioid-system-effectiveness-1.14.15.pdf.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00034   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM    30MRP1


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                                                     17653

                                                    the Federal Opioid Treatment Program                                        information to an estimated 50,000                                            response to this proposed rule, and we
                                                    Standards.                                                                  practitioners, which includes                                                 therefore acknowledge uncertainty
                                                                                                                                practitioners with a waiver to prescribe                                      regarding the estimate of the total
                                                    e. Practitioners Costs To Evaluate the
                                                                                                                                buprenorphine (i.e., approximately                                            associated cost. However, based on the
                                                    Policy Change
                                                                                                                                30,000 practitioners as of December                                           experience with the patient limit
                                                       We expect that, if this proposed rule                                    2015) and those who are reached                                               increase from 30 to 100 implemented in
                                                    is finalized, practitioners potentially                                     through SAMHSA’s dissemination                                                2007 102 103, the results of the 2015
                                                    affected by this proposed policy change                                     network (i.e., 20,000 practitioners). For                                     ASAM survey described earlier, and
                                                    will process the information and decide                                     purposes of analysis we assume that 75
                                                    how to respond. In particular, they will                                                                                                                  discussions with stakeholders, we
                                                                                                                                percent of these practitioners will
                                                    likely evaluate the requirements and                                                                                                                      estimate that between 500 and 1,800
                                                                                                                                review this information, and, as a result,
                                                    opportunities associated with the ability                                                                                                                 practitioners will request approval to
                                                                                                                                we estimate that dissemination will
                                                    to treat up to 200 patients, and decide                                     result in a total cost of $3.5 million.                                       treat 200 patients within the first year of
                                                    whether or not it is advantageous to                                                                                                                      the proposed rule. We estimate that
                                                    pursue approval to treat up to 200                                          f. Practitioner Costs To Submit a                                             between 100 and 300 additional
                                                    patients and make any necessary                                             Request for Patient Limit Increase                                            practitioners will request approval to
                                                    changes to their practice, such as                                             Practitioners who want to treat up to                                      treat 200 patients in each of the
                                                    obtaining subspecialty board                                                200 patients at a given time are required                                     subsequent 4 years. This would result in
                                                    certifications in either addiction                                          to submit a Request for Patient Limit                                         600 to 2,100 practitioners in the second
                                                    medicine or addiction psychiatry, or the                                    Increase form to SAMHSA. The                                                  year, 700 to 2,400 practitioners in the
                                                    ability to treat patients in a qualified                                    proposed form is three pages in length.                                       third year, 800 to 2,700 in the fourth
                                                    practice setting.                                                           We estimate that the form takes a                                             year, and 900 to 3,000 practitioners in
                                                       We estimate that practitioners may                                       practitioner an average of 1 hour to                                          the fifth year. We use the midpoint of
                                                    spend an average of thirty minutes                                          complete the first time it is completed,                                      each of these ranges to estimate costs
                                                    processing the information and deciding                                     implying a cost of $187.48 per                                                and benefits in the first 5 years
                                                    what action to take. According to the                                       submission after adjusting upward by                                          following publication of the final rule.
                                                    U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics,101 the                                     100 percent to account for overhead and                                       This would result in a range of $93,740
                                                    average hourly wage for a physician is                                      benefits. A draft Request for Patient
                                                                                                                                                                                                              to $337,464 in costs related to Request
                                                    $93.74. After adjusting upward by 100                                       Limit Increase form is available in the
                                                    percent to account for overhead and                                                                                                                       for Patient Limit Increase submissions
                                                                                                                                docket. We seek comment on our
                                                    benefits, we estimate that the per-hour                                                                                                                   in the first year. We seek comment on
                                                                                                                                assumptions regarding the time required
                                                    cost of a physician’s time is $187.48.                                      to complete the form.                                                         information which will allow us to
                                                    Thus, the cost per practitioner to                                             We do not have ideal information                                           refine our estimate of the number of
                                                    process this information and decide                                         with which to estimate the number of                                          practitioners who will submit a Request
                                                    upon a course of action is estimated to                                     practitioners who will submit a Request                                       for Patient Limit Increase in response to
                                                    be $93.74. SAMHSA will disseminate                                          for Patient Limit Increase form in                                            this proposed rule.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Number of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     requests for    Cost ($)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     patient limit
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       increase

                                                    Year 1 ......................................................................................................................................................................            1,150     $215,600
                                                    Year 2–5 ..................................................................................................................................................................                200       37,500

                                                          Total ..................................................................................................................................................................           1,950      365,600



                                                    g. Practitioner Costs To Resubmit a                                         Increase used for an initial waiver                                           to complete, implying a cost of $93.74
                                                    Request for Patient Limit Increase                                          request. We estimate that this will take                                      per resubmission. To calculate costs
                                                       After approval, a practitioner would                                     30 minutes because practitioners will be                                      associated with resubmission, we
                                                    need to resubmit a Request for Patient                                      more familiar with the Request for                                            assume that all physicians who submit
                                                    Limit Increase every 3 years to maintain                                    Patient Limit Increase. Consistent with                                       a Request for Patient Limit Increase will
                                                    his or her waiver to treat up to 200                                        the physician wage estimate above, we                                         submit a renewal 3 years later. Our
                                                    patients. A practitioner would use the                                      estimate that resubmissions will require                                      estimates are summarized in the table
                                                    same 3-page Request for Patient Limit                                       a practitioner an average of 30 minutes                                       below.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Number of       Cost ($)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     renewals

                                                    Year 1–3 ..................................................................................................................................................................                  0            0
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    Year 4 ......................................................................................................................................................................            1,150     $108,000
                                                    Year 5 ......................................................................................................................................................................              200       19,000

                                                          Total ..................................................................................................................................................................           1,350      127,000




                                                     101 U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. National                              Retrieved from: http://www.bls.gov/oes/current/                                  102 Arfken,    supra note 54.
                                                    Occupational Employment and Wage Estimates.                                 oes_nat.htm#29-0000.                                                             103 Jones,    supra note 53.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014         18:18 Mar 29, 2016          Jkt 238001       PO 00000        Frm 00035        Fmt 4702       Sfmt 4702       E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM                30MRP1


                                                    17654                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    h. Private-Sector Costs Associated With                 to 300 renewals in year 5. As a result,               that the quality of care would increase
                                                    Newly Applying for Any Waiver                           we estimate costs to SAMHSA to                        among patients treated by practitioners
                                                       Practitioners may also be interested in              process these waivers of $50,000–                     with the 200-patient limit due to the
                                                    the ability to eventually treat up to 200               $180,000 in year 1, $10,000–$30,000 in                extra oversight and quality of care
                                                    patients, and may make changes toward                   year 2, $10,000–$30,000 in year 3,                    requirements in the proposed rule.
                                                    achieving that goal. As discussed                       $60,000–$210,000 in year 4, and                       Specifically, we assumed that 80
                                                    previously, these proposed changes may                  $20,000–$60,000 in year 5 following                   percent of patients would receive
                                                    increase the number of practitioners                    publication of the final rule. We                     outpatient psychosocial services. This
                                                    who apply for a waiver to treat 30 or 100               estimate that DEA will allocate the                   would raise the cost of providing MAT
                                                                                                            equivalent of 1 FTE at the GS–11 level                with buprenorphine to $4,590 for
                                                    patients. This would require
                                                                                                            to process the additional requests                    commercial insurance and $3,525 for
                                                    practitioners to complete the required
                                                                                                            coming to DEA for issuance of a new                   Medicaid beneficiaries. Based on data
                                                    training, possess a valid license to
                                                                                                            DEA number designating the provider as                from IMS Health, it is estimated that
                                                    practice medicine, be a registrant of
                                                                                                            eligible to prescribe buprenorphine for               approximately 18 percent of individuals
                                                    DEA, and have the capacity to refer
                                                                                                            the treatment of opioid use disorder as               receiving MAT with buprenorphine are
                                                    patients for appropriate counseling and
                                                                                                            a result of this proposed rule. We                    Medicaid enrollees. Thus, we arrived at
                                                    other appropriate ancillary services. In
                                                                                                            estimate the associated cost is $144,238,             the estimated average cost for
                                                    addition, these proposed changes could
                                                                                                            which we arrive at by multiplying the                 individuals new to the treatment system
                                                    increase the number of practitioners
                                                                                                            salary of a GS–11 employee at step 5,                 as a result of the proposed rule to be
                                                    who seek subspecialty board                             which is $72,219 in 2015, by two to                   $4,349 per patient per year.
                                                    certifications in either addiction                      account for overhead and benefits.                       The total resource costs associated
                                                    medicine or addiction psychiatry or                                                                           with additional treatment is the product
                                                    meet the requirements for practicing in                 j. Costs of New Treatment                             of additional treatment costs per person
                                                    a qualified practice setting as outlined                   Once requests to treat up to 200                   and the number of people who will
                                                    in the proposed rule. This would likely                 patients generated by the proposed rule               receive additional treatment as a result
                                                    include practice experience                             are processed, approved practitioners                 of the proposed rule. For purposes of
                                                    requirements, fees and time associated                  would be able to increase the number of               analysis, we assume that each
                                                    with preparing for and taking an exam,                  patients they treat with buprenorphine.               practitioner who requests approval to
                                                    time and fees for continuing medical                    These patients, then, could utilize                   treat 200 patients will treat between 20
                                                    education requirements, and payment of                  additional medical services that are                  and 40 additional patients each year.
                                                    certification fees.                                     consistent with the expectations for                  This is based on our experience with the
                                                       We do not have information to                        high-quality, evidence-based MAT                      increase from the 30 patient limit to the
                                                    estimate the number of practitioners                    proposed in the rule. We estimate the                 100 patient limit.104 105 We note that in
                                                    who will change behavior along these                    cost for buprenorphine and these                      that case, there were no new costs
                                                    dimensions in response to this proposed                 additional medical services, including                imposed on practitioners beyond those
                                                    rule. We seek comment on information                    behavioral health and psychosocial                    associated with additional treatment,
                                                    which will allow us to estimate the                     services, as a result of the proposed rule            whereas in this proposed rule there are
                                                    number of practitioners who would                       to total $4,349 per patient per year, as              new costs beyond those associated with
                                                    apply to treat additional patients, the                 described below.                                      additional treatment. However, applying
                                                    number who will seek additional                            This estimate was derived using                    this assumption would result in an
                                                    subspecialty board certifications, and                  claims data from the 2009–2014 Truven                 estimated range of 10,000 to 72,000
                                                    the number who will move toward                         Health MarketScan® database.                          additional patients treated in the first
                                                    meeting the requirements for treating in                According to the MarketScan® data, the                year; and an additional 2,000 to 12,000
                                                    a qualified practice setting in response                annual cost of buprenorphine                          patients in each subsequent year. To
                                                    to the proposed changes.                                prescriptions and ancillary services                  estimate costs associated with this
                                                                                                            received totaled $3,500 for individuals               increase in the number of patients, we
                                                    i. Federal Costs Associated With
                                                                                                            with private insurance and $3,410 for                 assume that, on average, each physician
                                                    Processing New 200 Patient Limit
                                                                                                            individuals with Medicaid. Specifically,              will treat the equivalent of 30 full-time
                                                    Waivers
                                                                                                            the average annual cost of                            patients (i.e., some patients might
                                                       In addition to the costs associated                  buprenorphine prescriptions was $2,100                receive fewer services and others might
                                                    with practitioners seeking approval for                 for commercial insurance based on                     receive more, but for cost estimates we
                                                    the higher patient limit, costs will be                 receipt of an average of seven                        assume it averages out to the equivalent
                                                    incurred by SAMHSA and DEA in order                     buprenorphine prescriptions annually                  of 30 patients receiving the full
                                                    to process the additional Requests For                  and $2,600 for Medicaid based on                      spectrum of care).We use these ranges to
                                                    Patient Limit Increase generated by the                 receipt of an average of 10                           estimate costs and benefits of the rule as
                                                    proposed rule. For purposes of analysis,                buprenorphine prescriptions annually.                 proposed. Based on this information, we
                                                    and based on contractor estimates,                         According to the MarketScan® data,                 estimate the treatment costs associated
                                                    SAMHSA estimates that it will pay a                     approximately 69 percent of Medicaid                  with new patients receiving treatment
                                                    contractor $100 to process each waiver.                 patients and 45 percent of privately                  with buprenorphine as a result of this
                                                    As discussed previously, we estimate                    insured patients received an outpatient               proposed rule will be between $43.5
                                                    that between 500 and 1,800                              psychosocial service related to
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                                                                  million and $313 million in the first
                                                    practitioners will request approval to                  substance use disorder in addition to                 year with a central estimate of $150
                                                    treat 200 patients within the first year of             their buprenorphine prescription. The                 million, and an additional $8.7 million
                                                    the rule, and between 100 and 300                       average number of visits among those                  to $52.2 million in each subsequent year
                                                    additional practitioners will request                   who received any psychosocial service                 with a central estimate of $26.1 million.
                                                    approval to treat 200 patients in each of               was eight for privately insured patients              We seek comment on information which
                                                    the subsequent 4 years. In addition, we                 at an average cost of $3,000 per year and
                                                    estimate that physicians will resubmit                  10 for Medicaid patients at an average                  104 Arfken,   supra note 54.
                                                    500 to 1,800 renewals in year 4, and 100                cost of $1,100 per year. We assumed                     105 Jones,   supra note 53.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00036   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM   30MRP1


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                  17655

                                                    will allow us to refine our efforts to                      summarized below. We acknowledge                    Thus, the overall effect of this
                                                    quantify the number of people who may                       that this approach may underestimate or             rulemaking on diversion is not clear
                                                    receive additional treatment with                           overestimate health benefits and request            given that the increased utilization of
                                                    buprenorphine as a result of this                           comment that would allow for                        buprenorphine could affect the
                                                    proposed rule.                                              refinement of the estimates. We also                opportunity for diversion, but also
                                                                                                                explore the sensitivity of these results to         could, in some cases, reduce diversion
                                                                         Additional peo-       Treatment        our assumptions regarding the health                because of improved access to high-
                                                                          ple receiving          costs          benefits related to treatment in our                quality, evidence-based buprenorphine
                                                                            treatment          (Millions)
                                                                                                                section on sensitivity analysis.                    treatment.
                                                    Year   1   .......           34,500                $150                                                            Moreover, to reduce the risk of
                                                    Year   2   .......           40,500                 176                      Additional peo-       Monetized    diversion, one of the additional
                                                    Year   3   .......           46,500                 202                       ple receiving     health benefits requirements placed on providers who
                                                    Year   4   .......           52,500                 228                         treatment          (millions)   seek the 200 patient limit is
                                                    Year   5   .......           58,500                 254                                                         implementation of a diversion control
                                                                                                                Year 1 .......            34,500             $1,747
                                                                                                                Year 2 .......            40,500              2,050 plan. However, it is possible that State
                                                       Evidence suggests that the benefits
                                                                                                                Year 3 .......            46,500              2,354 and local law enforcement could incur
                                                    associated with additional                                  Year 4 .......            52,500              2,658 additional costs if diversion increases as
                                                    buprenorphine utilization are likely to                     Year 5 .......            58,500              2,961 a result of this proposed rule. We do not
                                                    exceed their cost. One study estimated                                                                          have sufficient information to estimate
                                                    the costs and Quality Adjusted Life Year                    k. Potential for Diversion                          the extent to which these unintended
                                                    (QALY) gains associated with long-term                                                                          consequences could occur.
                                                    office-based treatment with                                    While we expect many benefits
                                                    buprenorphine-naloxone for clinically                       associated with this proposed rule, it is           l. Practitioner Reporting Requirements
                                                    stable opioid-dependent patients                            possible that there would be unintended                Under this proposed rule, as outlined
                                                    compared to no treatment. The authors                       negative consequences. First, prior                 earlier, practitioners approved to treat
                                                    estimate total treatment costs over 2                       research looked at Utah statewide                   up to 200 patients would have to submit
                                                    years of $7,700 and an associated 0.22                      increases in buprenorphine use and the              information about their practice
                                                    QALY gain compared to no treatment in                       number of reported pediatric exposures, annually to SAMHSA for purposes of
                                                    their base case.106 107. Following a food                   and found that as buprenorphine use                 monitoring regulatory compliance. The
                                                    safety rule recently published by                           increased between 2002 and 2011, the                goal of the reporting requirement is to
                                                    FDA,108 we use a value of $1,260 per                        number of unintentional pediatric                   ensure that practitioners are providing
                                                    quality-adjusted life day. This implies a                   exposures in the State increased.109                high-quality, evidence-based
                                                    value of $460,215 ($1,260 *365.25) per                      Thus, it is possible that the increased             buprenorphine treatment. It is
                                                    QALY, which we use to monetize the                          utilization of buprenorphine as a result            anticipated that the data for the
                                                    health benefits here. As a result, we                       of this proposed rule without                       reporting requirement can be pulled
                                                    estimate average annual benefits ranges                     appropriate patient counseling and                  directly from an electronic or paper
                                                    of $51,000 per person who achieves 6                        action to ensure the safe use, storage,             health record, and that practitioners
                                                    months of clinical stability. In the                        and disposal of buprenorphine, may                  would not have to update their record-
                                                    absence of data on the percentage of                        lead to an increase in unintentional                keeping practices after receiving
                                                    patients newly receiving buprenorphine                      pediatric exposures. In addition, there             approval to treat 200 patients. We
                                                    treatment who would achieve this                            has been an increase in diversion of                estimate that compiling and submitting
                                                    status, we illustrate the calculation of                    buprenorphine as use of the product has the report would require approximately
                                                    rule-induced benefits using 100 percent                     increased. According to the National                1 hour of physician time and 2 hours of
                                                    as an input. We acknowledge that this                       Forensic Laboratory Information System administrative time. According to the
                                                    approach would, all else equal, lead to                     (NFLIS)—a system used to track                      U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics 89, the
                                                    overestimation of health benefits and                       diversion–buprenorphine is the third                average medical and health services
                                                    request comment that would allow for                        most common narcotic analgesic                      manager’s hourly pay in 2014 was
                                                    refinement of the estimates. As a result,                   reported in NFLIS, with 15,209 cases                $49.84, which corresponds to a cost of
                                                    we estimate monetized health benefits                       reported in 2014. This represents 12.4              $99.68 per hour after adjusting upward
                                                    of $1,747 million in the first year, with                   percent of all narcotic analgesic cases in by 100 percent to account for overhead
                                                    estimated monetized health benefits                         NFLIS in 2014.110                                   and benefits. Therefore, the cost of this
                                                    rising by $304 million in each                                 It is important to note that studies             reporting requirement per practitioner
                                                    subsequent year as more individuals                         have found that the motivation to divert approved for the 200 patient limit is
                                                    receive treatment as a result of the rule.                  buprenorphine is often associated with              estimated to be the cost of 1 hour of a
                                                    These monetized health benefits are                         lack of access to treatment or using the            practitioner’s time plus an hour of an
                                                                                                                medication to manage withdrawal—as                  administrator’s time.
                                                      106 Schackman BR, Leff JA, Polsky D, Moore BA,
                                                                                                                opposed to diversion for the                           As noted above, using the mid-point
                                                    Fiellin DA. Cost-Effectiveness of Long-Term                 medication’s psychoactive effect.111 112            estimate, we estimate that 1,150
                                                    Outpatient Buprenorphine-Naloxone Treatment for
                                                    Opioid Dependence in Primary Care. Journal of
                                                                                                                                                                    practitioners will request a 200-patient
                                                    General Internal Medicine. 2012;27(6):669–676.                109 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.   waiver in year 1 and 200 practitioners
                                                    doi:10.1007/s11606–011–1962–8.                              Buprenorphine prescribing practices and exposures   will request a 200-patient waiver in
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      107 These results omit lost utility associated with       reported to a poison center—Utah, 2002–2011.        subsequent years. We assume that all of
                                                    the illegal consumption of heroin or other opioids.         MMWR 2012;61:997–1001.
                                                                                                                  110 Drug Enforcement Administration. National
                                                                                                                                                                    these requests will be approved. The
                                                    Such omission is consistent with Zerbe, R.O. Is
                                                    Cost-Benefit Analysis Legal? Three Rules. Journal of        Forensic Laboratory Information System. 2014        costs associated with this reporting
                                                    Policy Analysis and Management 17(3): 419–456,              Annual Report. Available at: https://
                                                    1998.                                                       www.nflis.deadiversion.usdoj.gov/Reports.aspx.           112 Genberg BL, Gillespie M, Schuster CR,
                                                      108 This RIA can be found here: http://                     111 Lofwall MR, Havens JR. Inability to access      Johanson CE, et al. Prevalence and correlates of
                                                    www.fda.gov/downloads/AboutFDA/                             buprenorphine treatment as a risk factor for using    street-obtained buprenorphine use among current
                                                    ReportsManualsForms/Reports/EconomicAnalyses/               diverted buprenorphine. Drug Alcohol Depend.          and former injectors in Baltimore, Maryland. Addict
                                                    UCM472330.pdf                                               2012;126(3):379–83.                                   Behav. 2013;38(12):2868–73.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014       16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00037   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM   30MRP1


                                                    17656                         Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    requirement are reported below. In                                           requirement. These costs are reported                                      providers are treating more than 100
                                                    addition, it is estimated that SAMHSA                                        below as well.                                                             patients. We tentatively assume that
                                                    will incur a cost of $100 per practitioner                                     DEA may also incur costs in                                              DEA will incur no costs as a result of
                                                    approved for the 200 patient limit to                                        association with this proposed rule if,                                    these reporting requirements, and we
                                                    process the practitioner data reporting                                      for example, DEA increases the number                                      seek comment on this assumption.
                                                                                                                                 of site visits they conduct because

                                                                                                                                                                                                            Number of         Physician       SAMHSA
                                                                                                                                                                                                            physician           costs          costs
                                                                                                                                                                                                             reports

                                                    Year   1   ..........................................................................................................................................         1,150          $445,000        $115,000
                                                    Year   2   ..........................................................................................................................................         1,350           522,000         135,000
                                                    Year   3   ..........................................................................................................................................         1,550           600,000         155,000
                                                    Year   4   ..........................................................................................................................................         1,750           677,000         175,000
                                                    Year   5   ..........................................................................................................................................         1,950           754,000         195,000



                                                    m. Costs Associated With Waiver                                              the three Requests for Patient Limit                                       Further, this may make practitioners
                                                    Requests in Emergencies                                                      Increase submissions, which is $300. As                                    early in their career more likely to
                                                                                                                                 a result, we estimate that this                                            choose addiction medicine or addiction
                                                       Under the proposed rule, practitioners                                    requirement is associated with costs of                                    psychiatry as their specialty. All of this
                                                    in good standing with a current waiver                                       approximately $7,000 in each year                                          implies that the proposed rule will have
                                                    to treat up to 100 patients may request                                      following publication of the final rule.                                   a growing impact on capacity to
                                                    temporary approval to treat up to 200                                        We seek comment on the assumptions                                         prescribe buprenorphine as time passes.
                                                    patients in specific emergency                                               in this section.                                                           Since the lack of capacity to treat
                                                    situations. As discussed previously, we
                                                                                                                                 n. Summary of Impacts                                                      patients using buprenorphine is a
                                                    anticipate that qualifying emergency
                                                                                                                                                                                                            barrier to its utilization, this suggests
                                                    situations will occur very infrequently.                                       The proposed rule’s impacts will take
                                                    We estimate that practitioners will                                                                                                                     that the proposed rule will lead to
                                                                                                                                 place over a long period of time. As
                                                    request ten of these waivers in each                                                                                                                    growing increases in the utilization of
                                                                                                                                 discussed previously, we expect the
                                                    year. We estimate that requesting this                                       existence of the waiver to treat 200                                       buprenorphine, and growing increases
                                                    waiver would require approximately 1                                         patients will increase the desirability of                                 in the associated positive health and
                                                    hour of physician time and 2 hours of                                        waivers to treat 30 and 100 patients.                                      economic effects.
                                                    administrative time, and responding to                                       This implies that more practitioners will                                    The following table presents these
                                                    the request would require resources                                          work toward fulfilling the requirements                                    costs and benefits over the first 5 years
                                                    approximately equivalent to responding                                       associated with receiving these waivers.                                   of the proposed rule.

                                                                                              ACCOUNTING TABLE OF BENEFITS AND COSTS OF ALL PROPOSED CHANGES
                                                                                                                                                                                  Present value over 5 years by             Annualized value over 5 years
                                                                                                                                                                                           discount rate                           by discount rate
                                                                                                      BENEFITS                                                                      (millions of 2014 dollars)                (millions of 2014 dollars)

                                                                                                                                                                                     3 Percent              7 Percent         3 Percent       7 Percent

                                                    Quantified Benefits ..........................................................................................                            11,019             10,148             2,336            2,313

                                                                                                         COSTS                                                                       3 Percent              7 Percent         3 Percent       7 Percent

                                                    Quantified Costs ..............................................................................................                                955              880               203             201



                                                    E. Sensitivity Analysis                                                      patients in subsequent years following                                     benefits using a 3 percent discount rate
                                                                                                                                 publication of the final rule, with                                        ranging from $1,557 million to $3,115
                                                       The total estimated benefits of the                                       central estimates at the midpoint of each                                  million over the 5 years following
                                                    changes proposed here are sensitive to                                       range. For alternative estimates in these                                  implementation.
                                                    assumptions regarding the number of                                          ranges using a 3 percent discount rate,                                      We estimate that individuals who
                                                    practitioners who will seek a waiver to                                      all else equal, we estimate annualized                                     receive MAT as a result of the proposed
                                                    treat 200 patients as a result of the                                        benefits ranging from $1,054 million to                                    rule will experience average health
                                                    proposed rule, the number of                                                 $3,618 million and annualized costs                                        improvements equivalent to 0.11
                                                    individuals who will receive MAT as a                                        ranging from $92 million to $313                                           QALYs. For alternative estimates of
                                                    result of the proposed rule, the average                                     million.                                                                   these health improvements between
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    per-person health benefits associated                                           We estimate that practitioners who                                      0.06 and 0.16 QALYs, all else equal, we
                                                    with this additional treatment, and the                                      receive a waiver to treat 200 patients                                     estimate annualized benefits using a 3
                                                    dollar value of these health                                                 will treat between 20 and 40 additional                                    percent discount rate ranging from
                                                    improvements. We estimate that 500 to                                        patients each year, with a central                                         $1,274 million to $3,398 million over
                                                    1,800 practitioners will apply for a                                         estimate of an average of 30 additional                                    the 5 years following implementation.
                                                    waiver to treat up to 200 patients in the                                    patients. For alternative estimates of 20                                  To estimate the dollar value of health
                                                    first year, and 100 to 300 practitioners                                     to 40 additional patients per year, all                                    benefits, we use a value of
                                                    will apply for a waiver to treat up to 200                                   else equal, we estimate annualized                                         approximately $460,000 per QALY. For


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014         18:18 Mar 29, 2016          Jkt 238001       PO 00000         Frm 00038        Fmt 4702        Sfmt 4702       E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM      30MRP1


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                                      17657

                                                    alternative values per QALY between                                      using a 3 percent discount rate, imply                               substantially exceed annualized costs.
                                                    $300,000 and $600,000, all else equal,                                   annualized benefit estimates ranging                                 There are, however, uncertainties not
                                                    we estimate annualized benefits using a                                  from $250 million to $9,148 million and                              reflected in this sensitivity analysis,
                                                    3 percent discount rate ranging from                                     annualized cost estimates ranging from                               which might lead to net benefits results
                                                    $1,523 million to $3,046 million over                                    $62 million to $417 million. We note                                 that are smaller or larger than the range
                                                    the 5 years following implementation.                                    that, in all scenarios discussed in this                             of estimates summarized in the
                                                       Alternative assumptions along these                                   section, annualized benefits                                         following table.
                                                    four dimensions, when varied together,

                                                                                                            LOW, HIGH, AND PRIMARY BENEFIT AND COST ESTIMATES
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Annualized Value over 5 Years 3% Discount
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Rate
                                                                                                                 BENEFITS                                                                                  (Millions of 2014 Dollars)

                                                                                                                                                                                                     Low            Primary         High

                                                    Quantified Benefits ......................................................................................................................             250           2,336          9,148
                                                    Quantified Costs ..........................................................................................................................             62             203            417



                                                    F. Analysis of Regulatory Alternatives                                   addiction specialist physicians and                                  March 2016 there were 32,123
                                                                                                                             those with the infrastructure and                                    practitioners with a waiver to prescribe
                                                       We carefully considered the option of
                                                                                                                             capacity to deliver the full complement                              buprenorphine for the treatment of
                                                    not pursuing regulatory action.
                                                                                                                             of services recommended by clinical                                  opioid use disorder. This group of
                                                    However, existing evidence indicates
                                                                                                                             practice guidelines would be best suited                             practitioners is most likely to be
                                                    that opioid use disorder and its related
                                                                                                                             to balance these concerns.                                           impacted by the proposed rule, but we
                                                    health consequences is a substantial and                                    Finally, we considered the alternative
                                                    increasing public health problem in the                                                                                                       lack information on the total number of
                                                                                                                             of having no reporting requirement for                               associated entities. We acknowledge
                                                    United States, and it can be addressed                                   physicians with the 200-patient limit.
                                                    by increasing access to effective                                                                                                             that some practitioners with a waiver
                                                                                                                             Although this alternative would reduce                               may provide services at multiple
                                                    treatment. As discussed previously, the                                  the 1 hour of physician time and 2
                                                    lack of sufficient access to treatment is                                                                                                     entities, many entities may employ
                                                                                                                             hours of administrative time estimated
                                                    directly affected by the existing limit on                                                                                                    multiple practitioners with a waiver,
                                                                                                                             for data reporting in our analysis, we
                                                    the number of patients each practitioner                                 did not pursue this alternative. The                                 and some entities currently unaffiliated
                                                    with a waiver can currently treat using                                  reporting requirements are intended to                               with these practitioners will be
                                                    buprenorphine, and removing this                                         reinforce recommendations included in                                impacted by this proposed rule. As a
                                                    barrier to access is very likely to                                      clinical practice guidelines on the                                  result, we estimate that approximately
                                                    increase the provision of this treatment.                                delivery of high quality, effective, and                             32,123 small entities will be affected by
                                                    Finally, the provision of MAT with                                       safe patient care. Specifically,                                     this proposed rule.
                                                    buprenorphine provides tremendous                                        nationally-recognized clinical                                         HHS considers a rule to have a
                                                    benefits to the individual who                                           guidelines on office-based opioid                                    significant economic impact on a
                                                    experiences health gains associated with                                 treatment with buprenorphine suggest                                 substantial number of small entities if at
                                                    treatment, as well as to society which                                   that optimal care include administration                             least 5 percent of small entities
                                                    bears smaller costs associated with the                                  of the medication and the use of                                     experience an impact of more than 3
                                                    negative effects of opioid use disorders.                                psychotherapeutic support services.                                  percent of revenue. As discussed above,
                                                    These benefits are expected to greatly                                   They also recommend that physicians
                                                    exceed the costs associated with                                                                                                              the proposed rule imposes a small
                                                                                                                             and practices prescribing                                            burden on entities. This burden is
                                                    increases in treatment. As a result, we                                  buprenorphine for the treatment of
                                                    expect the benefits of the proposed                                                                                                           primarily associated with processing
                                                                                                                             opioid use disorder in the outpatient                                information disseminated by SAMHSA,
                                                    regulatory action to exceed its costs.                                   setting take steps to reduce the
                                                       We also considered allowing                                                                                                                opting to completing the waiver process
                                                                                                                             likelihood of buprenorphine diversion.
                                                    practitioners waivered to treat up to 100                                                                                                     to treat additional patients, and
                                                                                                                             Each of these tenets is reflected in the
                                                    patients to apply for the higher                                                                                                              submitting information after receiving a
                                                                                                                             proposed reporting requirements.
                                                    prescribing limit without having to meet                                                                                                      waiver to treat 200 patients, which are
                                                    the specialty board certification or                                     G. Regulatory Flexibility Analysis                                   estimated to take a maximum of 4 hours
                                                    qualified practice setting requirements                                     As discussed above, the RFA requires                              per practitioner in any given year. This
                                                    as defined in the proposed rule. One                                     agencies that issue a regulation to                                  represents less than 1 percent of hours
                                                    important objective of this proposed                                     analyze options for regulatory relief of                             worked for an individual working full-
                                                    rule is to expand access while                                           small entities if a rule has a significant                           time. Further, this proposed rule does
                                                    mitigating the risks associated with                                     impact on a substantial number of small                              not require practitioners to undertake
                                                    expanded access. In addition, the effects                                entities. The categories of entities                                 these burdens, as this rulemaking does
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    of this rule are difficult to project,                                   affected most by this proposed rule will                             not require practitioners to seek a
                                                    leading us to adopt a conservative                                       be offices of practitioners and hospitals.                           waiver to treat 200 patients. As a result,
                                                    approach to increasing access. Given the                                 We expect that the vast majority of these                            we anticipate that this proposed rule
                                                    complexity of the condition, the                                         entities will be considered small based                              will not have a significant impact on a
                                                    increased potential for diversion                                        on the Small Business Administration                                 substantial number of small entities. We
                                                    associated with a higher prescribing                                     size standards or non-profit status, and                             seek comment on the assumptions used
                                                    limit, and the need to ensure high                                       assume here that all affected entities are                           in this section, and on the proposed
                                                    quality care, it was determined that                                     small. According to SAMHSA data, as of                               rule’s burden on small entities.


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014        16:36 Mar 29, 2016         Jkt 238001      PO 00000       Frm 00039       Fmt 4702      Sfmt 4702      E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM       30MRP1


                                                    17658                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    VII. Agency Questions for Comment                       additional training to progress to the                dispense to up to 100 patients may file
                                                       If any of the comments fall under any                200-patient limit. However, this means                a Request for Patient Limit Increase to
                                                    of the following questions, please                      that only practitioners with subspecialty             treat up to 200 patients for a term of 3
                                                    indicate the question and number with                   board certifications will be eligible to              years. SAMHSA is seeking comment on
                                                    your response.                                          apply for a patient waiver of 200 and                 whether requiring the renewal for
                                                       (1) Evidence Supporting an Optimal                   practitioners satisfying training                     qualified practitioners seeking to treat
                                                    Patient Prescribing Limit—This                          requirements via the other pathways for               up to 200 patients every 3 years is
                                                    proposed rule is intended to improve                    the 30 and 100 patients will not be                   sufficient or whether practitioners
                                                    patient access to buprenorphine for the                 eligible. SAMHSA is seeking comment                   should renew the waiver every year or
                                                    treatment of opioid use disorder while                  on whether the range of provider                      every 2 years, instead of every 3 years.
                                                    also minimizing the risk of diversion                   qualifications is too broad or too narrow                (8) Synchronization of Renewal
                                                    and patient safety concerns. Based on                   to expand access to high quality                      Request with DEA Practitioner
                                                    the available information, including                    medication-assisted treatment for opioid              Registration Renewal—We seek
                                                                                                            use disorder. If commenters assert that               comment on whether SAMHSA should
                                                    clinical guideline recommendations and
                                                                                                            opportunity to qualify should be                      synchronize the 3-year Request for
                                                    expert stakeholder input, HHS is
                                                                                                            broadened, we also welcome                            Patient Limit Increase renewal with the
                                                    proposing a new 200-patient prescribing
                                                                                                            recommendations regarding alternate                   renewal of the DEA practitioner
                                                    limit. HHS seeks comment that provides
                                                                                                            pathways that would affirm competence                 registration to reduce practitioner
                                                    evidence that an alternate prescribing
                                                                                                            without necessitating specialty board                 burden.
                                                    limit would be more appropriate than
                                                                                                            certification.                                           (9) Estimation of the Time Required to
                                                    the one proposed in this rulemaking.                       (4) Alternate pathways to qualify for
                                                       (2) Potential New Formulations—The                                                                         Seek Approval to Treat up to 200
                                                                                                            200-patient prescribing limit—Under                   Patients —As stated in the Regulatory
                                                    Secretary shall establish a process by                  this proposal, only practitioners with
                                                    which patients who are treated with                                                                           Impact Analysis, SAMHSA is seeking
                                                                                                            current 100-patient waivers who are                   comment on the assumptions regarding
                                                    medications covered under 21 U.S.C.                     either board-certified in addiction
                                                    823(g)(2)(C), and that have features that                                                                     the time required to complete the
                                                                                                            medicine or addiction psychiatry or                   request for the higher patient limit.
                                                    enhance safety or reduce diversion, as                  who practice in ‘‘qualified practice
                                                    determined by the Secretary, may be                                                                              (10) Estimation of the Change in
                                                                                                            settings’’ or who request a temporary                 Practitioner Behavior—As stated in the
                                                    counted differently toward the                          increase to treat up to 200 patients in
                                                    prescribing limit established in this                                                                         Regulatory Impact Analysis, SAMHSA
                                                                                                            order to address emergency situations
                                                    proposed rule. The criteria for                                                                               does not have information to estimate
                                                                                                            may apply for the higher limit. HHS
                                                    determining which if any of these                                                                             the number of practitioners who would
                                                                                                            seeks comment on additional, alternate
                                                    medications or reformulations of                                                                              change behavior in response to this
                                                                                                            pathways by which a practitioner may
                                                    existing medications may be considered,                                                                       proposed rule. SAMHSA is seeking
                                                                                                            become eligible to apply for a patient
                                                    and how these patients will be counted                                                                        comment on the estimation of the
                                                                                                            waiver of 200.
                                                    toward the patient limit, will be based                    (5) Process to request a patient limit             number of practitioners who are not
                                                    on the following principles:                            of 200—HHS is seeking specific                        currently eligible to submit a Request
                                                       a. Relative risk of diversion associated             comment related to the requirements as                for Patient Limit Increase to treat up to
                                                    with medications that become covered                    defined in § 8.620(a) through (c).                    200 patients but as a result of the
                                                    under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(C) after the                  Specifically, how much cost will be                   proposed rule would take steps, such as
                                                    effective date of this proposed rule; and               associated with each requirement and                  obtain subspecialty board certification,
                                                       b. Time required to monitor patient                  what fraction of practitioners practicing             or change practice settings, in order to
                                                    safety, assure medication compliance                    in qualified practice settings will be able           qualify to treat up to 200 patients.
                                                    and effectiveness, and deliver or                       to fulfill such requirements.                            (11) Estimation of the Number of
                                                    coordinate behavioral health services.                     (6) Patient Volume Necessary—We                    Practitioners who are Eligible to Submit
                                                    HHS seeks comment on the principles                     are not aware of data that indicate what              a Request for Patient Limit Increase to
                                                    by which the Secretary would                            patient volume per practitioner is                    Treat up to 200 Patients—As stated in
                                                    determine which new medications                         necessary in order to make the provision              the Regulatory Impact Analysis,
                                                    would qualify.                                          of buprenorphine to patients not cost                 SAMHSA seeks comment on an
                                                       (3) Practitioner Training for 200                    prohibitive. We seek data on how many                 estimation of the number of
                                                    Patient Limit—HHS is seeking specific                   patients a physician would need to treat              practitioners who, based on the
                                                    comment related to the level of training                in order to make the training                         proposed rule, would be eligible to
                                                    necessary to request a patient limit                    requirements, administrative                          submit a Request for Patient Limit
                                                    increase to 200 patients outside of a                   requirements, and other requirements                  Increase to treat up to 200 patients, and,
                                                    qualified practice setting. Specifically,               not cost prohibitive to the practitioner              as a result of the proposed rule, would
                                                    under the current rule for the patient                  by type of clinical environment type                  do so.
                                                    limit of 30 and 100, the training                       (e.g., large group practice, small                       (12) Estimation of the Number of
                                                    requirement may be satisfied at the time                physician-owned practice, hospitals,                  People who will Receive MAT with
                                                    of initial NOI through a number of                      Medicaid-accepting addiction treatment                Buprenorphine—As stated in the
                                                    pathways, but the most common ways                      centers, etc.).                                       Regulatory Impact Analysis, SAMHSA
                                                    are via a subspecialty board certification                 (7) Frequency of Renewal Request for               seeks comment in order to refine the
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    in addiction psychiatry or addiction                    Patient Limit Increase to 200 Patients—               estimation of the number of people who
                                                    medicine, an addiction certification                    Currently, to be able to prescribe/                   will receive MAT with buprenorphine
                                                    from ASAM, or completion of an 8-hour                   dispense buprenorphine for the                        as a result of the proposed rule.
                                                    training provided by an approved                        maintenance or detoxification of opioid                  (13) Reporting Periods—SAMHSA
                                                    organization. In this NPRM, SAMHSA                      use disorder, qualified practitioners                 seeks comment on whether the
                                                    would require board certification in                    must file a NOI with SAMHSA. Under                    reporting periods and deadline could be
                                                    addiction psychiatry or addiction                       this proposal, qualified practitioners in             combined with other, existing reporting
                                                    medicine, but would not require                         good standing with a current waiver to                requirements in a way that would make


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00040   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM   30MRP1


                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                            17659

                                                    reporting less burdensome for                           § 8.1   Scope.                                        ■  g. Add, in alphabetical order, the
                                                    practitioners.                                             (a) Subparts A through C of this part              definition of ‘‘Opioid dependence’’;
                                                      (14) Balance of Access and Safety—                    establish the procedures by which the                 ■ h. Remove the definition of ‘‘Opioid
                                                    SAMHSA seeks comment on whether                         Secretary of Health and Human Services                treatment’’;
                                                    the proposed rule appropriately strikes                 (the Secretary) will determine whether a              ■ i. Revise the definitions of ‘‘Opioid
                                                    the balance between ensuring that the                   practitioner is qualified under section               treatment program’’ and ‘‘Opioid use
                                                    credentials needed to prescribe MAT are                 303(g) of the Controlled Substances Act               disorder’’;
                                                    within reach for interested practitioners,              (CSA) (21 U.S.C. 823(g)) to dispense                  ■ j. Add, in alphabetical order, the
                                                    programs are practical to implement,                    opioid drugs in the treatment of opioid               definition of ‘‘Opioid use disorder
                                                    and reporting requirements are not                      use disorders. The regulations also                   treatment’’;
                                                    perceived as a barrier to participation.                establish the Secretary’s standards                   ■ k. Revise the definition of ‘‘Patient’’;
                                                                                                            regarding the appropriate quantities of               ■ l. Add, in alphabetical order, the
                                                    List of Subjects in 42 CFR Part 8                                                                             definitions of ‘‘Patient limit’’ and
                                                                                                            opioid drugs that may be provided for
                                                      Health professions, Methadone,                        unsupervised use by individuals                       ‘‘Practitioner incapacity’’;
                                                    Reporting and recordkeeping                             undergoing such treatment (21 U.S.C.                  ■ m. Remove the definition of
                                                    requirements.                                           823(g)(1)). Under these regulations, a                ‘‘Registered opioid treatment program’’;
                                                      For the reasons stated in the                         practitioner who intends to dispense                  and
                                                    preamble, HHS proposes to amend 42                      opioid drugs in the treatment of opioid               ■ n. Add, in alphabetical order, the
                                                    CFR part 8 as follows:                                  use disorder must first obtain from the               definition of ‘‘Waivered practitioner’’.
                                                                                                            Secretary or, by delegation, from the                    The revisions and additions read as
                                                    PART 8—MEDICATION ASSISTED                              Administrator, Substance Abuse and                    follows:
                                                    TREATMENT FOR OPIOID USE                                Mental Health Services Administration
                                                    DISORDERS                                                                                                     § 8.2    Definitions.
                                                                                                            (SAMHSA), a certification that the
                                                                                                                                                                  *     *      *     *      *
                                                    ■ 1. The authority citation for part 8                  practitioner is qualified under the                      Accreditation body means a body that
                                                    continues to read as follows:                           Secretary’s standards and will comply                 has been approved by SAMHSA in this
                                                                                                            with such standards. Eligibility for                  part to accredit opioid treatment
                                                      Authority: 21 U.S.C. 823; 42 U.S.C. 257a,             certification will depend upon the
                                                    290bb–2a, 290aa(d), 290dd–2, 300x–23,                                                                         programs using opioid agonist treatment
                                                    300x–27(a), 300y–11.                                    practitioner obtaining accreditation                  medications.
                                                                                                            from an accreditation body that has                      Accreditation body application means
                                                    ■  2. Revise the heading of part 8 as set
                                                                                                            been approved by SAMHSA. These                        the application filed with SAMHSA for
                                                    forth above.
                                                    ■ 3. Amend part 8 as follows:
                                                                                                            regulations establish the procedures                  purposes of obtaining approval as an
                                                    ■ a. Remove the word ‘‘opiate’’ and add                 whereby an entity can apply to become                 accreditation body.
                                                    the word ‘‘opioid’’ in its place wherever               an approved accreditation body. This
                                                                                                                                                                  *     *      *     *      *
                                                    it appears; and                                         part also establishes requirements and
                                                                                                                                                                     Approval term means the 3 year
                                                    ■ b. Remove the phrases ‘‘opioid                        general standards for accreditation
                                                                                                                                                                  period in which a practitioner is
                                                    addiction’’ and ‘‘Opioid addiction’’ and                bodies to ensure that practitioners are
                                                                                                                                                                  approved to treat up to 200 patients that
                                                    add their places the phrases ‘‘opioid use               consistently evaluated for compliance
                                                                                                                                                                  commences when a practitioner’s
                                                    disorder’’ and ‘‘Opioid use disorder’’,                 with the Secretary’s standards for
                                                                                                                                                                  Request for Patient Limit Increase is
                                                    respectively, wherever they appear.                     treatment of opioid use disorder with an
                                                                                                                                                                  approved in accordance with § 8.625.
                                                    ■ 4. Redesignate subpart C, consisting of               opioid agonist treatment medication.                     Behavioral health services means any
                                                    §§ 8.21 through 8.34, as subpart D and                     (b) The regulations in subpart F of this
                                                                                                                                                                  non-pharmacological intervention
                                                    revise the heading as follows:                          part establish the procedures and
                                                                                                                                                                  carried out in a therapeutic context at an
                                                                                                            requirements that practitioners who are
                                                                                                                                                                  individual, family, or group level.
                                                    Subpart D—Procedures for Review of                      authorized to treat up to 100 patients
                                                                                                                                                                  Interventions may include structured,
                                                    Suspension or Proposed Revocation                       pursuant to a waiver obtained under
                                                                                                                                                                  professionally administered
                                                    of OTP Certification, and of Adverse                    section 303(g)(2) of the CSA (21 U.S.C.
                                                                                                                                                                  interventions (e.g., cognitive behavior
                                                    Action Regarding Withdrawal of                          823(g)(2)), must satisfy in order to treat
                                                                                                                                                                  therapy or insight oriented
                                                    Approval of an Accreditation Body                       up to 200 patients with medications
                                                                                                                                                                  psychotherapy) delivered in person,
                                                                                                            covered under section 303(g)(2)(C) of
                                                    ■ 5. Redesignate subpart B, consisting of                                                                     remotely via telemedicine shown in
                                                                                                            the CSA.
                                                    §§ 8.11 through 8.15, as subpart C and                  ■ 9. Amend § 8.2 as follows:
                                                                                                                                                                  clinical trials to facilitate MAT
                                                    revise the heading as follows:                          ■ a. Revise the definitions of                        outcomes or non-professional
                                                                                                            ‘‘Accreditation body’’ and                            interventions.
                                                    Subpart C—Certification and                                                                                      Board certification in addiction
                                                                                                            ‘‘Accreditation body application’’;
                                                    Treatment Standards for Opioid                          ■ b. Add, in alphabetical order, the                  medicine or psychiatry means the
                                                    Treatment Programs                                      definitions of ‘‘Approval term’’,                     receipt of board certification in a
                                                    ■ 6. Add subpart B, redesignate §§ 8.3,                 ‘‘Behavioral health services’’, and                   particular addiction medicine or
                                                    8.4, 8.5, and 8.6 to the new subpart B,                 ‘‘Board certification’’;                              psychiatry specialty and/or subspecialty
                                                    and revise the heading to read as                       ■ c. Revise the definition of                         of medical practice (e.g., subspecialty
                                                    follows:                                                ‘‘Certification’’;                                    board certification in addiction
                                                                                                                                                                  medicine or psychiatry) from the
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                            ■ d. Add, in alphabetical order, the
                                                    Subpart B—Accreditation of Opioid                       definitions of ‘‘Covered medications’’,               American Board of Medical Specialties,
                                                    Treatment Programs                                      ‘‘Dispense’’, ‘‘Diversion control plan’’,             a subspecialty board certification in
                                                                                                            and ‘‘Emergency situation’’;                          addiction medicine from the American
                                                    ■ 7. Revise the heading to subpart A to                 ■ e. Revise the definition of ‘‘Interim               Osteopathic Association (AOA) or
                                                    read as follows:                                        maintenance treatment’’;                              American Board of Addiction Medicine
                                                                                                            ■ f. Add, in alphabetical order, the                  (ABAM), or an addiction certification
                                                    Subpart A—General Provisions
                                                                                                            definition of ‘‘Nationally recognized                 from the American Society of Addiction
                                                    ■   8. Revise § 8.1 to read as follows:                 evidence-based guidelines’’;                          Medicine (ASAM).


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00041   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM   30MRP1


                                                    17660                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                       Certification means the process by                   engaged in opioid treatment of                        Subpart F—Authorization to Increase
                                                    which SAMHSA determines that an                         individuals with an opioid agonist                    Patient Limit to 200 Patients
                                                    opioid treatment program is qualified to                treatment medication registered under                 Sec.
                                                    provide opioid treatment under the                      21 U.S.C. 823(g)(1).                                  8.610 Which practitioners are eligible for a
                                                    Federal opioid treatment standards                         Opioid use disorder means a cluster of                  patient limit of 200?
                                                    described in § 8.12.                                                                                          8.615 What constitutes a qualified practice
                                                                                                            cognitive, behavioral, and physiological                   setting?
                                                    *      *    *     *     *                               symptoms in which the individual                      8.620 What is the process to request a
                                                       Covered medications means the drugs                  continues use of opioids despite                           patient limit of 200?
                                                    or combinations of drugs that are                       significant opioid-induced problems.                  8.625 How will a Request for Patient Limit
                                                    covered under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(C).                      Opioid use disorder treatment means                     Increase be processed?
                                                                                                            the dispensing of an opioid agonist                   8.630 What must practitioners do in order
                                                    *      *    *     *     *                                                                                          to maintain their approval to treat up to
                                                       Dispense means to deliver a                          treatment medication, along with a
                                                                                                                                                                       200 patients?
                                                    controlled substance to an ultimate user                comprehensive range of medical and                    8.635 What are the reporting requirements
                                                    by, or pursuant to the lawful order of,                 rehabilitative services, when clinically                   for practitioners whose Request for
                                                    a practitioner, including the prescribing               necessary, to an individual to alleviate                   Patient Limit Increase is approved?
                                                    and administering of a controlled                       the adverse medical, psychological, or                8.640 What is the process for renewing a
                                                    substance.                                              physical effects incident to an opioid                     practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit
                                                                                                            use disorder. This term includes a range                   Increase approval?
                                                       Diversion control plan means a set of                                                                      8.645 What are the responsibilities of
                                                    documented procedures that reduce the                   of services including detoxification
                                                                                                                                                                       practitioners who do not submit a
                                                    possibility that controlled substances                  treatment, short-term detoxification                       renewal Request for Patient Limit
                                                    will be transferred or used illicitly.                  treatment, long-term detoxification                        Increase, or whose request is denied?
                                                       Emergency situation means that an                    treatment, maintenance treatment,                     8.650 Can SAMHSA’s approval of a
                                                    existing State, Tribal, or local system for             comprehensive maintenance treatment,                       practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit
                                                    substance use disorder services is                      and interim maintenance treatment.                         Increase be suspended or revoked?
                                                                                                               Patient means any individual who                   8.655 Can a practitioner request to
                                                    overwhelmed or unable to meet the
                                                                                                            receives MAT from a practitioner or                        temporarily treat up to 200 patients in
                                                    existing need for medication-assisted                                                                              emergency situations?
                                                    treatment as a direct consequence of a                  program subject to this part.
                                                    clear precipitating event. This                            Patient limit means the maximum                    Subpart F—Authorization to Increase
                                                    precipitating event must have an abrupt                 number of individual patients a                       Patient Limit to 200 Patients
                                                    onset such as practitioner incapacity,                  practitioner may treat at any one time
                                                    natural or human-caused disaster; an                    using covered medications.                            § 8.610 Which practitioners are eligible for
                                                    outbreak associated with drug use; and                     Practitioner incapacity means the                  a patient limit of 200?
                                                    result in significant death, injury,                    inability of a waivered practitioner as a               A practitioner is eligible for a patient
                                                    exposure to life-threatening                            result of an involuntary event to                     limit of 200 if:
                                                    circumstances, hardship, suffering, loss                physically or mentally perform the tasks                (a) The practitioner possesses a
                                                    of property, or loss of community                       and duties required to provide                        current waiver to treat up to 100
                                                    infrastructure                                          medication-assisted treatment in                      patients under section 303(g)(2) of the
                                                                                                            accordance with nationally recognized                 Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C.
                                                    *      *    *     *     *
                                                                                                            evidence-based guidelines.                            823(g)(2)) and has maintained the
                                                       Interim maintenance treatment means
                                                                                                                                                                  waiver in accordance with applicable
                                                    maintenance treatment provided in an                    *     *      *    *    *
                                                                                                                                                                  statutory requirements without
                                                    opioid treatment program in                                Waivered practitioner means a
                                                                                                                                                                  interruption for at least one year since
                                                    conjunction with appropriate medical                    physician who is appropriately licensed
                                                                                                                                                                  the practitioner’s notification of intent
                                                    services while a patient is awaiting                    by the State to dispense covered
                                                                                                                                                                  (NOI) under section 303(g)(2)(B) to treat
                                                    transfer to a program that provides                     medications and who possesses a
                                                                                                                                                                  up to 100 patients was approved;
                                                    comprehensive maintenance treatment.                    waiver under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2).                       (b) The practitioner:
                                                    *      *    *     *     *                               ■ 10. Amend § 8.3 by revising the                       (1) Holds a subspecialty board
                                                       Nationally recognized evidence-based                 introductory text of paragraph (b) to                 certification in addiction psychiatry or
                                                    guidelines means a document produced                    read as follows:                                      addiction medicine; or
                                                    by a national or international medical                                                                          (2) Provides MAT utilizing covered
                                                                                                            § 8.3 Application for approval as an
                                                    professional association, public health                 accreditation body.                                   medications in a qualified practice
                                                    agency, such as the World Health                                                                              setting as defined in § 8.615;
                                                    Organization, or governmental body                      *     *    *     *     *                                (c) The practitioner has not had his or
                                                    with the aim of assuring the appropriate                  (b) Application for initial approval.               her enrollment and billing privileges in
                                                    use of evidence to guide individual                     Electronic copies of an accreditation                 the Medicare program revoked under
                                                    diagnostic and therapeutic clinical                     body application form [SMA–167] shall                 § 424.535 of this title; and
                                                    decisions.                                              be submitted to: http://                                (d) The practitioner has not been
                                                                                                            buprenorphine.samhsa.gov/pls/bwns/                    found to have violated the Controlled
                                                    *      *    *     *     *
                                                                                                            waiver. Accreditation body applications               Substances Act pursuant to 21 U.S.C.
                                                       Opioid dependence means repeated
                                                                                                            shall include the following information               824(a).
                                                    self-administration that usually results
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                            and supporting documentation:
                                                    in opioid tolerance, withdrawal                                                                               § 8.615 What constitutes a qualified
                                                    symptoms, and compulsive drug-taking.                   *     *    *     *     *
                                                                                                                                                                  practice setting?
                                                    Dependence may occur with or without                                                                            A qualified practice setting is a
                                                                                                            Subpart E [Reserved]
                                                    the physiological symptoms of tolerance                                                                       practice setting which:
                                                    and withdrawal.                                         ■ 11. Reserve subpart E.                                (a) Provides professional coverage for
                                                    *      *    *     *     *                               ■ 12. Add subpart F, consisting of                    patient medical emergencies during
                                                       Opioid treatment program or ‘‘OTP’’                  §§ 8.610 through 8.655, to read as                    hours when the practitioner’s practice is
                                                    means a program or practitioner                         follows:                                              closed;


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00042   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM   30MRP1


                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                              17661

                                                       (b) Provides access to case-                            (4) Will use patient data to inform the            deficiencies are resolved to the
                                                    management services for patients                        improvement of outcomes;                              satisfaction of SAMHSA in a manner
                                                    including referral and follow-up                           (5) Will adhere to a diversion control             and time period approved by SAMHSA,
                                                    services for programs that provide, or                  plan to manage the covered medications                the practitioner’s Request for Patient
                                                    financially support, the provision of                   and reduce the possibility of diversion               Limit Increase will be approved. If the
                                                    services such as medical, behavioral,                   of covered medications from legitimate                deficiencies have not been resolved to
                                                    social, housing, employment,                            treatment use;                                        the satisfaction of SAMHSA within the
                                                    educational, or other related services;                    (6) Has considered how to assure                   designated time period, the Request for
                                                       (c) Uses health information                          continuous access to care in the event                Patient Limit Increase will be denied.
                                                    technology (HIT) systems such as                        of practitioner incapacity or an
                                                    electronic health records, if otherwise                 emergency situation that would impact                 § 8.630 What must practitioners do in
                                                                                                            a patient’s access to care as defined in              order to maintain their approval to treat up
                                                    required to use it in the practice setting.
                                                                                                                                                                  to 200 patients?
                                                    HIT means the electronic systems that                   § 8.2; and
                                                    healthcare professionals and patients                      (7) Will notify all patients above the                (a) A practitioner whose Request for
                                                    use to store, share, and analyze health                 100 patient level, in the event that the              Patient Limit Increase is approved in
                                                    information;                                            request for the higher patient limit is not           accordance with § 8.625 shall maintain
                                                       (d) Is registered for their State                    renewed or is denied, that the                        all eligibility requirements specified in
                                                    prescription drug monitoring program                    practitioner will no longer be able to                § 8.610, and all attestations made in
                                                    (PDMP) where operational and in                         provide MAT services using                            accordance with § 8.620(b), during the
                                                    accordance with federal and State law.                  buprenorphine to them and make every                  practitioner’s 3-year approval term.
                                                    PDMP means a statewide electronic                       effort to transfer patients to other                  Failure to do so may result in SAMHSA
                                                    database that collects designated data on               addiction treatment;                                  withdrawing its approval of a
                                                    substances dispensed in the State. For                     (c) Any additional documentation to                practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit
                                                    practitioners providing care in their                   demonstrate compliance with § 8.610 as                Increase.
                                                    capacity as employees or contractors of                 requested by SAMHSA.                                     (b) All practitioners whose Request
                                                    a Federal government agency,                                                                                  for Patient Limit Increase has been
                                                    participation in a PDMP is required only
                                                                                                            § 8.625 How will a Request for Patient                approved under § 8.625 must provide
                                                                                                            Limit Increase be processed?                          reports to SAMHSA as specified in
                                                    when such participation is not restricted
                                                    based on their state of licensure and is                   (a) Not later than 45 days after the               § 8.635.
                                                    in accordance with Federal statutes and                 date on which SAMHSA receives a
                                                                                                                                                                  § 8.635 What are the reporting
                                                    regulations;                                            practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit
                                                                                                                                                                  requirements for practitioners whose
                                                       (e) Accepts third-party payment for                  Increase as described in § 8.620, or                  Request for Patient Limit Increase is
                                                    costs in providing health services,                     renewal Request for Patient Limit                     approved?
                                                    including written billing, credit and                   Increase as described in § 8.640,                        (a) All practitioners whose Request for
                                                    collection policies and procedures, or                  SAMHSA shall approve or deny the                      Patient Limit Increase is approved
                                                    Federal health benefits.                                request.                                              under § 8.625 must submit reports to
                                                                                                               (1) A practitioner’s Request for Patient
                                                                                                                                                                  SAMHSA, along with documentation
                                                    § 8.620 What is the process to request a                Limit Increase will be approved if the
                                                                                                                                                                  and data, as requested by SAMHSA, to
                                                    patient limit of 200?                                   practitioner satisfies all applicable
                                                                                                                                                                  demonstrate compliance with § 8.620,
                                                       In order for a practitioner to receive               requirements under §§ 8.610 and 8.620.
                                                                                                                                                                  applicable eligibility requirements
                                                    approval for a patient limit of 200, a                  SAMHSA will thereafter notify the
                                                                                                                                                                  specified in § 8.610, and all attestation
                                                    practitioner must meet all of the                       practitioner who requested the patient
                                                                                                                                                                  requirements in § 8.620(b).
                                                    requirements specified in § 8.610 and                   limit increase, and the Drug                             (b) Reporting requirements may
                                                    submit a Request for Patient Limit                      Enforcement Administration (DEA), that                include a request for information
                                                    Increase to SAMHSA that includes all of                 the practitioner has been approved to                 regarding:
                                                    the following:                                          treat up to 200 patients using covered                   (1) The average monthly caseload of
                                                       (a) Completed Request for Patient                    medications. A practitioner’s approval                patients receiving buprenorphine-based
                                                    Limit Increase form;                                    to treat up to 200 patients under this                MAT, per year.
                                                       (b) Statement certifying that the                    section will extend for a term not to                    (2) Percentage of active
                                                    practitioner:                                           exceed 3 years.                                       buprenorphine patients (patients in
                                                       (1) Will adhere to nationally                           (2) SAMHSA may deny a                              treatment as of reporting date) that
                                                    recognized evidence-based guidelines                    practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit              received psychosocial or case
                                                    for the treatment of patients with opioid               Increase if SAMHSA determines that:                   management services (either by direct
                                                    use disorders;                                             (i) The Request for Patient Limit                  provision or by referral) in the past year
                                                       (2) Will provide patients with                       Increase is deficient in any respect; or              due to:
                                                    necessary behavioral health services as                    (ii) The practitioner has knowingly                   (i) Treatment initiation.
                                                    defined in § 8.2 or through an                          submitted false statements or made                       (ii) Change in clinical status.
                                                    established formal agreement with                       misrepresentations of fact in the                        (3) Percentage of patients who had a
                                                    another entity to provide behavioral                    practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit              prescription drug monitoring program
                                                    health services;                                        Increase.                                             query in the past month; and
                                                       (3) Will provide appropriate releases                   (b) If SAMHSA denies a practitioner’s
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                                                                     (4) Number of patients at the end of
                                                    of information, in accordance with                      Request for Patient Limit Increase (or                the reporting year who:
                                                    Federal and State laws and regulations,                 renewal), SAMHSA shall notify the                        (i) Have completed an appropriate
                                                    including the Health Information                        practitioner of the reasons for the                   course of treatment with buprenorphine
                                                    Portability and Accountability Act                      denial.                                               in order for the patient to achieve and
                                                    Privacy Rule and part 2 of this chapter,                   (c) If SAMHSA denies a practitioner’s              sustain recovery.
                                                    if applicable, to permit the coordination               Request for Patient Limit Increase (or                   (ii) Are not being seen by the provider
                                                    of care with behavioral health, medical,                renewal) based solely on deficiencies                 due to referral by the provider to a more
                                                    and other service practitioners;                        that can be resolved, and the                         or less intensive level of care.


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00043   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM   30MRP1


                                                    17662                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 61 / Wednesday, March 30, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      (iii) No longer desire to continue use                their Request for Patient Limit Increase,             provides a rationale for the period of
                                                    of buprenorphine.                                       or whose request is denied, shall notify,             time requested; and
                                                      (iv) Are no longer receiving                          under § 8.620(b)(7) in a time period                     (3) Describes an explicit and feasible
                                                    buprenorphine for reasons other than                    specified by SAMHSA, all patients                     plan to meet the public and individual
                                                    paragraph (b)(4)(i) through (iii) of this               affected above the 100 patient limit, that            health needs of the impacted persons
                                                    section.                                                the practitioner will no longer be able to            once the practitioner’s approval to treat
                                                      (c) The report must be submitted                      provide MAT services using covered                    up to 200 patients expires.
                                                    within twelve months after the date that                medications and make every effort to                     (b) Prior to taking action on a
                                                    a practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit              transfer patients to other addiction                  practitioner’s request under this section,
                                                    Increase is approved under § 8.625, and                 treatment.                                            SAMHSA shall consult, to the extent
                                                    annually thereafter.                                                                                          practicable, with the appropriate
                                                      (d) SAMHSA may check reports from                     § 8.650 Can SAMHSA’s approval of a
                                                                                                                                                                  governmental authority in order to
                                                    practitioners prescribing under the                     practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit
                                                                                                            Increase be suspended or revoked?                     determine whether the emergency
                                                    higher patient limit against other                                                                            situation that a practitioner describes
                                                    existing data sources, such as PDMPs. If                   (a) Suspension. SAMHSA may
                                                                                                                                                                  justifies an immediate increase in the
                                                    discrepancies between reported                          suspend its approval of a practitioner’s
                                                                                                                                                                  higher patient limit.
                                                    information and other existing data are                 Request for Patient Limit Increase under
                                                                                                                                                                     (c) If SAMHSA determines that a
                                                    identified, SAMHSA may require                          § 8.625 if it has reason to believe that
                                                                                                                                                                  practitioner’s request under this section
                                                    additional documentation from                           immediate action is necessary to protect
                                                                                                                                                                  should be granted, SAMHSA will notify
                                                    practitioners whose reports are                         public health or safety.
                                                                                                               (b) Revocation. SAMHSA may revoke                  the practitioner that his or her request
                                                    identified as including these                                                                                 has been approved. The period of such
                                                    discrepancies.                                          its approval of a practitioner’s Request
                                                                                                            for Patient Limit Increase under § 8.625              approval shall not exceed six months.
                                                      (e) Failure to submit reports under                                                                            (d) If a practitioner wishes to receive
                                                    this section, or deficient reports, may be              at any time during the 3 year approval
                                                                                                            term if SAMHSA determines that the                    an extension of the approval period
                                                    deemed a failure to satisfy the                                                                               granted under this section, he or she
                                                    requirements for a patient limit                        practitioner made any
                                                                                                            misrepresentations in the practitioner’s              must submit a request to SAMHSA at
                                                    increase, and may result in the                                                                               least 30 days before the expiration of the
                                                    withdrawal of SAMHSA’s approval of                      Request for Patient Limit Increase, or if
                                                                                                            SAMHSA determines that the                            six month period, and certify that the
                                                    the practitioner’s Request for Patient                                                                        emergency situation as defined in § 8.2
                                                    Limit Increase.                                         practitioner no longer satisfies the
                                                                                                            requirements of this subpart, or has                  necessitating an increased patient limit
                                                    § 8.640 What is the process for renewing                been found to have violated the CSA                   continues. Prior to taking action on a
                                                    a practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit              pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 824(a).                         practitioner’s extension request under
                                                    Increase approval?                                                                                            this section, SAMHSA shall consult, to
                                                      (a) Practitioners who intend to                       § 8.655 Can a practitioner request to                 the extent practicable, with the
                                                                                                            temporarily treat up to 200 patients in               appropriate governmental authority in
                                                    continue to treat up to 200 patients
                                                                                                            emergency situations?                                 order to determine whether the
                                                    beyond their current 3 year approval
                                                    term must submit a renewal Request for                     (a) Practitioners with a current waiver            emergency situation that a practitioner
                                                    Patient Limit Increase in accordance                    to prescribe up to 100 patients and who               describes justifies an extension of an
                                                    with the procedures outlined under                      are not otherwise eligible to treat up to             increase in the higher patient limit.
                                                    § 8.620 at least 90 days before the                     200 patients under § 8.610 may request                   (e) Except as provided in this section
                                                    expiration of their approval term.                      a temporary increase to treat up to 200               and § 8.650, requirements in other
                                                      (b) If SAMHSA does not reach a final                  patients in order to address emergency                sections under subpart F of this part do
                                                    decision on a renewal Request for                       situations as defined in § 8.2 if the                 not apply to practitioners receiving
                                                    Patient Limit Increase before the                       practitioner provides information and                 waivers in this section.
                                                    expiration of a practitioner’s approval                 documentation that:                                     Dated: March 23, 2016.
                                                                                                               (1) Describes the emergency situation
                                                    term, the practitioner’s existing                                                                             Kana Enomoto,
                                                                                                            in sufficient detail so as to allow a
                                                    approval term will be deemed extended                                                                         Principal Deputy Administrator, Substance
                                                                                                            determination to be made regarding
                                                    until SAMHSA reaches a final decision.                                                                        Abuse and Mental Health Services
                                                                                                            whether the situation qualifies as an
                                                                                                                                                                  Administration.
                                                    § 8.645 What are the responsibilities of                emergency situation as defined in § 8.2,
                                                    practitioners who do not submit a renewal               and that provides a justification for an                Approved: March 24, 2016.
                                                    Request for Patient Limit Increase or whose             immediate increase in that practitioner’s             Sylvia M. Burwell,
                                                    request is denied?                                      patient limit;                                        Secretary, Department of Health and Human
                                                       Practitioners who are approved to                       (2) Identifies a period of time, not               Services.
                                                    treat up to 200 patients in accordance                  longer than 6 months, in which the                    [FR Doc. 2016–07128 Filed 3–29–16; 8:45 am]
                                                    with § 8.625, but who do not renew                      higher patient limit should apply, and                BILLING CODE 4162–20–P
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:36 Mar 29, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00044   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\30MRP1.SGM   30MRP1



Document Created: 2016-03-30 09:28:31
Document Modified: 2016-03-30 09:28:31
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionProposed Rules
ActionProposed rule.
DatesTo be assured consideration, comments must be received at one of
ContactJinhee Lee, Pharm.D., Public Health Advisor, Center for Substance Abuse Treatment, 240-276-0545, Email
FR Citation81 FR 17639 
RIN Number0930-AA22
CFR AssociatedHealth Professions; Methadone and Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR